20.02.2014 Views

CDE Appendix 1 Literature Review - Central East Local Health ...

CDE Appendix 1 Literature Review - Central East Local Health ...

CDE Appendix 1 Literature Review - Central East Local Health ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>Appendix</strong> 1:<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity <strong>Literature</strong><br />

<strong>Review</strong>:<br />

Frameworks, Policies, Standards, Accountability & Quality<br />

Assurance Mechanisms, Training & Education<br />

The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY<br />

The literature review of the Culture, Diversity and Equity Project draws on academic and grey 1 literature from local,<br />

national and international contexts in the following areas:<br />

• Policies and frameworks regarding health equity and cultural competence;<br />

• Documents on accountability, compliance, quality assurance agreements and other auditing tools to help ensure<br />

effective implementation of policies; and<br />

• Frameworks and standards for cultural competence education and training.<br />

The review gave priority to literature from North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand because of<br />

similarities and transferability of findings to the Canadian context.<br />

This review is organized into three main parts:<br />

• PART I: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks and Policies;<br />

• PART II: Accountability, Compliance and Quality Assurance; and<br />

• PART III: Cultural Competence Education and Training.<br />

Part 1: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks and Policies<br />

Towards a Definition of <strong>Health</strong> In/equity<br />

There are different yet overlapping definitions of health equity and health inequity. In the Canadian context, the<br />

terms health disparity and health in/equity are frequently used, whereas in the UK/European context, health<br />

inequality is the recurring term, tending to relate health inequity to socio-economic status (SES). In the US, health or<br />

health care disparity is frequently used, in a way that evokes social divisions along racial and ethnic lines.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> inequity is defined as “those inequalities in health that are deemed to be unfair or stemming from<br />

some form of injustice” (The <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004). It is also often defined as “those health<br />

differences that are avoidable, unnecessary and unfair” (Whitehead, 1998).<br />

Unlike health inequality or health disparity, health in/equity implies an ethical judgment, one that calls for action in<br />

the form of public policy intervention.<br />

At the core of discussions of health in/equity is the clear acknowledgement that certain health disparities are<br />

justifiable or unavoidable: for example, those that are self-inflicted or which result from biological inheritance. This<br />

review of international health equity policies makes clear the importance of articulating the ethical criteria by which<br />

to distinguish between just and unjust health inequalities.<br />

It also emphasizes the importance of forming a common language and ethics of health equity in Ontario, one that<br />

will make it possible to agree upon policy goals, commitments, and agreed-upon standards for judging progress.<br />

1<br />

The term grey literature is used to describe non-academic literature that is not easily found through regular channels.


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Frameworks<br />

Three main types of health equity frameworks emerged in the literature. Each of these frameworks approaches the<br />

problems to be tackled in slightly different ways. Though they are not explicitly named this way in the literature, we<br />

can refer to these overarching frameworks as:<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks;<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care equity frameworks; and<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> equity in health care frameworks.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks are concerned with reducing disparities in health status broadly conceived and measured<br />

in terms of mortality and morbidity statistics, etc.<br />

Such frameworks focus on all potential determinants of health status, including those that extend beyond the health<br />

care system. These frameworks are exemplified by the WHO’s 2008 Closing the Gap Framework, New Zealand’s<br />

2002 Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> and the Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research’s (CIHR) 2002<br />

Population <strong>Health</strong> Framework.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks generally point towards ‘whole-of-government’ approaches to addressing health status<br />

inequities, since many of the strongest determinants of health status are located ‘upstream’ from the health care<br />

sector in broad social, political, and economic policies (e.g., poverty reduction). <strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks can be<br />

further subdivided between those that are primarily theoretical, exploring the causes and determinants of health<br />

status, and those that are focused more directly on evidenced-based intervention strategies (‘strategic intervention<br />

frameworks’).<br />

What makes the health equity frameworks discussed in this review so effective is that they:<br />

• Adopt a holistic understanding/definition of ‘health’ which enables them to recommend a wider range of<br />

preventative and health-promoting interventions beyond traditional medical-model approaches (that concentrate<br />

solely on treating individual illness); and<br />

• Ground proposed policy interventions in scientific and theoretical evidence, permitting more productive<br />

dialogues between stakeholders.<br />

Among the major limitations of such frameworks is the fact they bring into policy consideration various<br />

determinants of health that are beyond the immediate control of the health care sector such as poverty. Many such<br />

frameworks - at least from the more limited and immediate health care service/system vantage point - are better at<br />

identifying problems than offering solutions.<br />

In fact, the broad diagnoses and prognoses gained from these frameworks often require extensive intersectoral<br />

collaboration with stewardship at a national level, which itself poses many challenges, due to the structural<br />

organization of government along departmental lines (see WHO, 2008; Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada, 2007;<br />

PHAC & WHO, 2008).<br />

<strong>Health</strong> care Equity Frameworks<br />

<strong>Health</strong> care equity frameworks are concerned more narrowly with inequities in the accessibility and quality of health<br />

care services. They focus on disparities between advantaged and disadvantaged populations that can be traced back<br />

to the health care system: this includes, for example, access to primary care physicians and health practitioner<br />

stereotyping/racism, leading to inequitable diagnoses and treatment.<br />

3


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

The primary example of health care equity frameworks are cultural competence frameworks. Particularly dominant<br />

in the US, such frameworks address issues of culture in health care services in order to reduce healthcare disparities<br />

(and as a consequence, health status disparities).<br />

<strong>Health</strong> care equity frameworks have the great advantage of ‘do-ability,’ due to their more narrow focus on the role<br />

of the health care sector in reducing health care inequities. Moreover, cultural competence frameworks pay close<br />

attention to the often neglected role of cross-cultural dynamics in negatively impacting the accessibility and quality<br />

of health care services received by cultural minorities or marginalized populations.<br />

However, the narrow focus on healthcare inequities invites many critics, who cite considerable research evidence.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> care inequity approaches are repeatedly subject to the following criticisms:<br />

• The most important determinants of health that lie ‘upstream’ from the healthcare sector are not engaged;<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care inequities play a relatively minor role in explaining health status disparities more generally;<br />

• The scope of policy options and interventions is seriously limited by such a narrow focus, diminishing the<br />

ability to reduce health status inequalities.<br />

• Policymakers are forever in a reactive mode, playing catch up, since pursuing ‘downstream’ strategies is like<br />

patching a structurally compromised leaking bucket: just as old holes are filled, new holes quickly open up<br />

(further upstream);<br />

• Individuals must fall ill before health care inequity approaches can begin to make their impact, which<br />

reproduces illness-centred models of health.<br />

Cultural competence approaches, more specifically, have ongoing limitations, i.e., their:<br />

• Excessive focus on individual-level cultural competencies to the neglect of organizational and system-level<br />

forms of cultural competency. While competencies at the frontline individual service level are highly important,<br />

agency and structural-level competencies should also be considered, since they condition and constrain<br />

possibilities for cultural competence at the frontline provider level;<br />

• Tendency to restrict concerns with ‘culture’ to ethnic and racial dimensions of cultural difference;<br />

• Use of definitions of ‘culture’ that assume cultural consensus and homogeneity, thus failing to appreciate the<br />

complex, intersectional nature of individual social and cultural experience and identity (intersectionalities).<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong> care Frameworks<br />

The third type of framework identified in this literature review bridges the two other approaches; it is called the<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong> care Frameworks. These are fundamentally concerned with reducing inequities in health<br />

status (conceived broadly), except that they focus on policy interventions that can be achieved from within the<br />

confines of the health care system (as per health care equity frameworks).<br />

Whereas health equity frameworks tend to be entirely concerned with reducing inequities in health status (often<br />

promoting whole-of-government approaches), and health care equity with reducing inequities in health care (e.g.<br />

quality and access), health equity in health care frameworks are concerned with disparities in health status and<br />

they propose solutions more squarely (though not exclusively) within the parameters of the health care system.<br />

By focusing on the broader determinants of health status, yet from the standpoint of the health care system, such<br />

approaches:<br />

• Widen the range of potential policy options pursued by the health care system (for instance, enabling a focus on<br />

community-based, health promotion initiatives etc.); and<br />

• Remain grounded within the more immediate spheres of strategic possibility of the health care system.<br />

4


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

The two examples of health equity in health care frameworks discussed in this review are intervention-focused<br />

frameworks. One of their limitations is their lack of an explicitly elaborated conceptual model that gives scientific<br />

and theoretical details of the multi-level, causal pathways of health in/equity.<br />

Suggested Features of a <strong>Health</strong> Equity Framework<br />

An ideal health equity framework should have certain features or characteristics. For example, it:<br />

• Combines an evidence-based conceptual/causation model of health determinants with a practical intervention<br />

framework;<br />

• Focuses on disparities in health status, broadly conceived, yet begins from the standpoint of the health care<br />

system and its strategic levers of power (while also seeking to collaborate with other stakeholders in other<br />

sectors wherever possible); and<br />

• Takes a patient-centred approach that addresses issues of cultural and linguistic competence as a fundamental<br />

health care quality and access issue, while also being sensitive to issues of power and the intersecting nature of<br />

marginalization.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity Policies<br />

Internationally, policy interventions are fundamentally shaped by the three frameworks discussed above. Debate<br />

over health equity policy revolves around justifications, objectives, scope, use of evidence, and points of<br />

intervention (adapted from Mackenbach et al., 2002b).<br />

Justification: The two main justifications for health equity policies are:<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> inequalities are in contradiction of the values of fairness and justice; and<br />

• Reducing inequalities in health leads to better average health outcomes for the population as a whole.<br />

Objectives: The goal of health equity policy tends to be framed in one of two ways, as either the achievement of<br />

absolute health equity or simply the reduction of health inequities. If the latter, it must then be defined whether this<br />

is a reduction of inequalities in health status or in the health care system access more narrowly.<br />

Scope: The main differences in health equity policies in this respect concern the breadth and scope of diversity<br />

groups considered (e.g., race, ethnicity, gender, and/or socioeconomic status, etc.); and the breadth and scope of<br />

organizational/system functions engaged through health equity policies (e.g., merely human resources, or strategy<br />

and policy, services, procurement, leadership, etc.)<br />

Use of Evidence: Policies can be further differentiated according to the degree to which scientific ‘evidence’ plays<br />

an influencing role.<br />

Entry Points for Intervention: <strong>Health</strong> equity policy interventions can be focused ‘upstream’ (e.g. intersectoral<br />

action on broad social determinants of health such as housing, employment etc.) or ‘downstream’ (e.g. health care<br />

access issues). This, and whether to prioritize universal and/or targeted (selectivist) approaches (e.g., focusing<br />

interventions on the most disadvantaged populations, or supporting ethno-specific service provision etc.), are part of<br />

an ongoing debate.<br />

International policy trends in these and other respects are covered in this literature review, along with case studies of<br />

good practice.<br />

The United Kingdom government is the leader among nations tackling health inequalities through a concerted,<br />

broad, whole-of-government approach that is informed by a health equity policy framework. The United States, on<br />

the other hand, is leading the way in cultural competence policies and standards, though approaches rarely reach<br />

beyond a health care equity framework.<br />

5


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Canada, although an intellectual leader in research on health equity (from a health promotion and population health<br />

perspective), has failed to develop concrete health equity policies and political leadership on the issue of health<br />

disparities. There are promising developments in this respect however, such as the formation of an intergovernmental<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group and growing attention to health equity in the Ontario Provincial<br />

Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long Term Care (MOHLTC) and <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHIN) contexts.<br />

Policy Lessons From Around the World<br />

A review of international health equity policy literature provides a number of key policy lessons:<br />

• Academic, governmental, and community collaboration in the realm of health in/equity is critical to advancing<br />

health equity policy.<br />

• The most effective approaches to health equity combine and incorporate, in varying degrees:<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> equity and health care equity policy objectives;<br />

• Upstream, midstream and downstream (‘all stream’) policy interventions; and<br />

• Universalist and selectivist approaches.<br />

This is partly due to the political acceptability of such broad, compound approaches which can appeal to<br />

multiple audiences and constituencies across the political spectrum (depending on their emphases). <strong>Health</strong><br />

equity policies should strategically align themselves, wherever possible, with national and local political/policy<br />

contexts to gain traction;<br />

• Policy objectives should be clearly articulated in achievable, measurable terms;<br />

• Policies should base themselves on evidence of what causes health inequity and what remedies or prevents<br />

health inequity (i.e., appropriate and successful interventions). In the absence of evidence, pilot demonstration<br />

projects, and their evaluation, are crucial. However, evidence is not enough, and policy choices must also be<br />

made upon ethical priorities and commitments; and<br />

• The health care sector should play a leading role in advancing a broad intersectoral health equity policy agenda<br />

that addresses social determinants of health. Intersectoral collaboration has been shown to be fundamental to the<br />

success of a comprehensive health equity policy.<br />

Part 2: Accountability, Compliance and Quality Assurance<br />

Part II examines the means of ensuring accountability and compliance with respect to health equity policies and<br />

objectives, and quality assurance strategies.<br />

The ways in which health equity policies and strategies are formulated can greatly impact their realization and how<br />

accountability is established. It is particularly important to:<br />

• Articulate clear and realistic policy objectives in terms that can be measured and made operational;<br />

• Establish concrete action plans that clarify what will be done, by when and by whom, and how success will be<br />

measured;<br />

• Include diverse stakeholders (including community stakeholders) in the policy development process; and<br />

• Ensure compliance and accountability through leadership and governance arrangements.<br />

Governance for health equity strategies should extend to the highest authority in the health care service system (‘the<br />

tree top’) to ensure:<br />

• Coherent integration of health equity concerns across all policy, program, service/function areas;<br />

• Effective performance management across the system; and<br />

• <strong>Local</strong> relevance of decisions, services, and public accountability by involving and supporting the ‘grassroots’<br />

and building on their insights and experience.<br />

6


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

To ensure system-wide compliance and accountability, health equity policies and strategies should be integrated into<br />

existing performance management systems. In this regard, health equity impact assessments are a promising tool for:<br />

• ‘Mainstreaming’ accountability across an entire organization (versus siloing responsibility only with<br />

specialists); and<br />

• Ensuring that all policy/program areas consider the impact of their interventions on various diverse groups (not<br />

just the one that the policy/program is focused on).<br />

Policies should also be monitored by a corporate level oversight body to assure and monitor progress and coordinate<br />

efforts for eliminating disparities.<br />

The Role of the LHINs<br />

The major ‘levers’ currently available to the LHINs for managing performance are their:<br />

• Funding and allocation powers;<br />

• <strong>Local</strong> health system planning and contracting role (e.g., Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plans; LHIN-Provider service<br />

accountability agreements etc.); and<br />

• Potential oversight role regarding compliance with health equity policy objectives as reflected in service plan<br />

agreements.<br />

Establishing accountability and quality assurance depends on continuing measurement, evaluation, and reporting of<br />

progress in relation to health equity policy objectives. As part of its service plan agreements, the LHIN can, for<br />

instance, require:<br />

• Annual targets per health equity policy goals and objectives;<br />

• Ongoing performance monitoring and control action; and<br />

• Regular reporting on progress to both the LHIN and the public (e.g., annual report cards).<br />

The LHINs could play a critical role in delivering the capacity that makes compliance possible:<br />

• Provide and/or support training initiatives;<br />

• Develop health equity/cultural competence ‘guidelines’ and standards for care; and<br />

• Assist and coordinate existing health equity researchers and research units in intelligence gathering and<br />

exchanges.<br />

The health care system’s licensing and accreditation agencies, although beyond the direct control of the LHINs, can<br />

also play a quality assurance role. For example, they could require health care providers to meet health<br />

equity/cultural competence ‘standards’ as a condition of licensing and/or accreditation (Exworthy et al., 2006;<br />

Betancourt et al., 2002; Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001).<br />

Part 3: Cultural Competence Education and Training<br />

While there is significant variation in the specific content of cultural competence training initiatives, they tend to<br />

focus on three main areas:<br />

• Attitudes;<br />

• Knowledge; and<br />

• Skills (Sue et al., 1992, 1996; Curtis, Dreachslin, & Sinioris, 2007; California Endowment, 2003; Haarmans,<br />

2004).<br />

7


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Though not all training frameworks cover all of these areas equally, this tripartite framework for cultural<br />

competence training has been likened to a three-legged stool: “the structure would fail if one ‘leg was missing”<br />

(California Endowment, 2003).<br />

Educational initiatives and curriculum for medical/health-care professionals, in US post-secondary institutions,<br />

increasingly incorporate cultural competence standards. This contrasts with the trend in continuous education and<br />

professional training for existing health care professionals.<br />

A 2004 paper in the Journal of the American Medical Association, for instance, found that among nearly 8,000<br />

graduate medical educational programs surveyed in the United States, 50.7 percent offered cultural competence<br />

training in 2003–2004. This was up from 35.7 percent in 2000–2001 (Brotherton, 2004 cited in Betancourt et al.,<br />

2005). Unfortunately, no corresponding study exists in the Canadian context.<br />

The reason for this transformation may be a combination of ‘stick’ and ‘carrot’ approaches that the LHINs would do<br />

well to adopt in its continuing educational initiatives for health professionals (Betancourt et al., 2005).<br />

The ‘stick,’ in this respect, has taken the form of increasing regulatory pressures and the introduction of cultural<br />

competence accreditation standards since 2002. In that year, the US Liaison Committee on Medical Education<br />

(LCME) introduced the first official cultural competence accreditation standard requiring that all medical schools<br />

integrate cultural competence into their curricula.<br />

The US Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) has also introduced cultural competence<br />

standards for residency programs (see ACGME, 2004). New Jersey has gone even further with the ‘stick approach,’<br />

passing legislation in 2005 requiring cultural competence education as a condition for licenses to health care<br />

professionals (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004).<br />

The ‘carrot approach’ has also helped to move cultural competence forward in the medical education field. In 2004,<br />

the New York State of <strong>Health</strong> modified its $33 million per year Graduate Medical Education Reform Incentive Pool<br />

to “reward residency programs that provide eight hours of cultural competence training to at least 80 percent of<br />

residents” (New York State Dept of <strong>Health</strong>, 2004 cited in Betancourt et al., 2005). Demonstrating the effectiveness<br />

of this ‘carrot’ approach, “[i]n the first year, 66 of the 104 residency programs in New York State proposed new<br />

cultural competence curricula” (ibid.). A similar method could be used by the LHINs by means of their funding<br />

leverage.<br />

Cultural competence training for practicing health care professionals, by contrast, remains “haphazard and varying<br />

in quality.” This is largely due to the lack of agreed-upon evaluative criteria for assessing cultural competence<br />

training (California Endowment, 2003).<br />

The development of training standards in continuous educational contexts is a key area for future research. In the<br />

meantime, standards and evaluative tools (such as the Tool for Assessment of Cultural Competence Training) for<br />

medical school cultural competence education could be adapted to continuous learning contexts.<br />

One of the greatest limitations of the existing cultural competence training literature is the lack of empirical<br />

evidence substantiating the effectiveness of cultural competence training interventions. The impact of training is<br />

rarely evaluated, and is done so using poor methodological design. Without scientific evidence it remains difficult to<br />

determine which cultural competence training most effectively improves health outcomes for disadvantaged,<br />

marginalized and/or ethno-racial minority clients.<br />

While there is evidence that diversity and cultural competence training can change attitudes, research suggests that<br />

this alone does not translate into behavioural change or better client health outcomes. According to recent<br />

assessment by Curtis et al (2007), too many of the existing cultural competence training initiatives for health care<br />

professionals still begin and end with awareness-building.<br />

8


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Moreover, the literature suggests that:<br />

• Cultural competence training needs to guard against teaching strategies that stereotype and therefore minimize<br />

the complexities of individual social and cultural identification; and<br />

• Training must not be treated as a substitute for real organizational change.<br />

Best practices and recommendations relating to cultural competence training include:<br />

• Focus on skills in training modules and not only attitudes and knowledge. The cultural competency<br />

literature underlines the importance of employing a practice oriented, skills-based training approach, one that<br />

focuses on the specific skill sets needed to function in a culturally competent manner in one’s work<br />

environment (Engerbretso et al., 2008; Curtis et al., 2007; Haarmans, 2004);<br />

• Take a systems approach to cultural competence training. This means connecting and integrating training<br />

with the cultural competence strategic goals of the organization. A systems approach, in this respect, requires<br />

the following steps:<br />

• [1] Determine diversity and cultural competence goals in the context of strategy;<br />

• [2] Measure current performance against needs;<br />

• [3] Design training to address the gap;<br />

• [4] Implement the training;<br />

• [5] Assess training effectiveness; and<br />

• [6] Strive for continuous improvement” (Curtis et al., 2007).<br />

• A systems approach to training helps to ensure that training objectives focus on the specific skills and<br />

behaviours (i.e., not just attitudes) required to achieve organizational-level cultural competence.<br />

• Evaluate training programs for their impact on trainees’ behaviour/performance and clients’ health outcomes<br />

using validated evaluation tools (Gozu et al., 2007; Curtis et al., 2007). Evaluation methodologies should use<br />

experimental (i.e., control groups) designs and/or, at a minimum, pre/post-test designs (testing for skills,<br />

knowledge and attitudes before and after training).<br />

• Keep up to date with the training literature and develop evidence-based standards and evaluative tools<br />

for cultural competency training and skills assessment (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001; Betancourt et al.,<br />

2005).<br />

Finally, training modules should be developed more explicitly around health equity, as this would engage skill sets<br />

beyond cultural competence.<br />

9


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Table of Contents<br />

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 2<br />

Part 1: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks and Policies 2<br />

Frameworks 3<br />

Part 2: Accountability, Compliance and Quality Assurance 6<br />

Part 3: Cultural Competence Education and Training 7<br />

HEALTH EQUITY LITERATURE REVIEW 11<br />

INTRODUCTION 11<br />

Scope 11<br />

Methods 11<br />

Outline of Contents 12<br />

PART 1: HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORKS & POLICIES 13<br />

PART 2: ACCOUNTABILITY, COMPLIANCE AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 77<br />

PART 3: CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING AND EDUCATION 99<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 1: 108<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 2: 120<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 3: 121<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 4: 122<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 5: 123<br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 6: 126<br />

REFERENCES 129<br />

Produced by: Dr. Remi Warner (January 2009) on behalf of Munger Consulting<br />

The Project Charter Committee approved this document on January 20, 2010<br />

10


HEALTH EQUITY LITERATURE REVIEW<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Background<br />

This literature review forms an initial part of a wider 1.5-year project of the <strong>Central</strong> <strong>East</strong> LHINS to develop policy,<br />

accountability, and education frameworks regarding culture, diversity, and health equity. The overall objective of<br />

the project is to:<br />

• Develop planning policy framework for Cultural Competence, Diversity, & Equity from which future and<br />

current initiatives, policies, and projects can be assessed.<br />

• Articulate standards for cultural competence for service providers;<br />

• Address compliance and quality assurance through accreditation, accountability agreements, and other auditing<br />

tools; and<br />

• Facilitate enhanced access to culturally competent, sensitive, and appropriate health services through education.<br />

Scope<br />

Three main bodies of intersecting literature were reviewed:<br />

1. Policies and frameworks regarding health equity and cultural competence;<br />

2. Documents on compliance, quality assurance, accountability agreements, and other auditing tools and methods<br />

to help ensure effective implementation of policies ;<br />

3. Frameworks and Standards for cultural competence education and training.<br />

While local, national and international bodies of literature were reviewed, focus was on the multicultural global<br />

North (North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand) for reasons of transferability to the Ontario LHINS<br />

context. Public sector health equity strategies at regional, provincial/state and national levels were also privileged for<br />

similar reasons.<br />

Methods<br />

Grey and academic literature was reviewed using York University and University of Toronto library catalogues and<br />

various internet search engines (primarily Google).<br />

Academic Journal Databases searched included:<br />

• Medline (PubMed and Ovid); Proquest; Evidence Based Medicine <strong>Review</strong>s; Scopus; Sociological Abstracts;<br />

Social Sciences Abstracts; Social Work Abstracts; PsychINFO; PsychARTICLES; Web of Science; Expanded<br />

Academic (ASAP); and PAIS.<br />

Grey <strong>Literature</strong> was primarily culled from google internet searches, in addition to a variety of online sources,<br />

including:<br />

• Government Sources: Government <strong>Health</strong> Ministry/Department websites (Canada, UK, US, Australia, New<br />

Zealand); GovInfo: Government on the Web; Government of Canada Publications Catalogue; Canadian<br />

Institutes of <strong>Health</strong> Research; Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Research Collection; National Institute of Mental <strong>Health</strong> (US);<br />

Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Disparities (US); National Institute of Mental health (US); Substance


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration (US); Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Care research and Quality (US);<br />

World <strong>Health</strong> Organization;<br />

• Other Public <strong>Health</strong>/Policy Think Tank Sources: The Wellesley Institute; Canadian Policy Research<br />

Network; Centre for Equity in <strong>Health</strong> and Society (CEHS); Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research; Canadian<br />

Policy Research Network (CPRN); Canadian <strong>Health</strong>care Association; Canadian Institute for <strong>Health</strong><br />

Information; Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Network; <strong>Health</strong> Care Information Resources (McMaster University); Centre for<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Promotion (University of Toronto); Conference Board of Canada; Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Network; National<br />

Anti-Racism Council of Canada (<strong>Health</strong> Section); CERIS/Metropolis website (Canada); Cultural Diversity<br />

Institute (CDI) [Canada]; National Centre for Cultural Competence (US); Commonwealth Fund (US); Institute<br />

for Public Policy Research (UK); National Research Register (Department of <strong>Health</strong>, UK); Open<br />

University/Resources/reports & grey literature (UK); <strong>Health</strong> Issues Centre (AUS) – An Independent Australian<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Policy and Research Action Center; <strong>Health</strong> Policy Monitor – International Network <strong>Health</strong> Policy and<br />

Reform.<br />

Library catalogues, databases and internet search engines were searched using the following search terms:<br />

• (health) or (mental health) or (healthcare) AND (equity) or (equality) or (inequality) or (disparity) or (inequity)<br />

AND/OR (cultural competence) or (cultural competency) or (linguistic competence) or (linguistic competency)<br />

or (cultural) or (multicultural) or (competence) or (diversity) or (inclusion) or (anti-oppression) AND/OR<br />

(system) or (organization) or (agency) AND/OR (policy) or (framework) AND/OR (standard) or<br />

(accountability) or (compliance) or (quality assurance) AND/OR (training) or (education) or (accreditation)<br />

In the case of academic journal databases, search areas were restricted to the title and/or keywords and/or abstract.<br />

Snowball methods were used to expand and focus the search throughout. Attention was, moreover, accorded to the<br />

number of citations of a journal article in a journal database as an index of the importance or prominence of a<br />

particular author or article in a subject area.<br />

Search results and marked references were recorded and saved in RefWorks and Reference Manager. Articles and<br />

book chapters were converted into pdf files and Microsoft Word files and imported into NVIVO 7 (qualitative<br />

coding software program) for further thematic coding and analysis. NVIVO 7 coding results informed the<br />

organization and writing up of the final literature review.<br />

Outline of Contents<br />

The literature review is organized into three main sections:<br />

• PART 1: HEALTH EQUITY FRAMWORKS & POLICIES<br />

• PART 2: ACCOUNTABILITY, COMPLIANCE & QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

• PART 3: CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING & EDUCATION<br />

12


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

PART 1<br />

HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORKS & POLICIES<br />

1.0 TOWARDS A DEFINITION OF HEALTH IN/EQUITY<br />

1.1 Defining the Problem: <strong>Health</strong> Inequity, Inequality, Disparity<br />

The academic and grey literature on health disparities contains numerous, competing, overlapping, yet distinct,<br />

terms for its subject of study, variously termed health disparity, health inequality, health inequity and/or, positively<br />

conceived, health parity, health equality, and/or health equity. A necessary starting point for this review is the<br />

untangling of the different meanings and uses of these terms, not only for the sake of conceptual clarity but because<br />

of the significant policy implications and consequences deriving from such varying definitions, as discussed in<br />

subsequent sections.<br />

While health inequity, health disparity and health inequality are sometimes used interchangeably in the literature,<br />

each term tends to carry its own distinct set of implied meanings. Terminologies, and their distinct conceptual<br />

orientations and connotations, tend to vary along national lines, reflecting differing national political/policy<br />

contexts. <strong>Health</strong> disparity, for instance, is the term commonly used in the US literature, whereas in the UK and<br />

European contexts health inequality is the more commonly used term.<br />

All three terms appear in the Canadian literature, though there is a relatively more frequent and intentional use of the<br />

term health in/equity and/or health disparity. While each of these terms have a national valence partially reflecting<br />

differing national approaches, they are also used differently in different (e.g. academic vs. government) contexts,<br />

which makes any such exercise in conceptual definition and clarification at best tentative and partial.<br />

In a formative Discussion Paper entitled Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities: Roles of the <strong>Health</strong> Sector, prepared by the<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee on Population <strong>Health</strong> and<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Security for the Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada, health disparities is defined as “differences in health<br />

status that occur among population groups defined by specific characteristics” (2004). The paper goes on<br />

to define “the most useful characteristics [for] policy purposes”, in keeping with its population health approach, as<br />

being “those consistently associated with the largest variations in health status”, which in Canada, it is argued, relate<br />

to “socio-economic status (SES), Aboriginal identity, gender, and geographic location” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task<br />

Group 2004).<br />

In the US context, there is a much greater focus on race/ethnicity and health care-specific issues, owing in part to the<br />

greater significance and pronounced history of racial cleavages there, and the large numbers of persons without<br />

health insurance (45 million in 2003). The Institute of Medicine’s landmark (2003) report, Unequal Treatment:<br />

Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care, for instance focuses on healthcare disparities (in accord<br />

with this US tendency), defining the latter as “differences in the quality of health care that are not due to accessrelated<br />

factors or clinical needs” (Smedley et al., 2003). By screening out access-related factors attributable to<br />

socioeconomic status, this definition and report foregrounds the significant contributing role of racial and ethnic<br />

disparities attributable to cultural incompetence, bias, prejudice, and stereotyping in the US healthcare system as a<br />

major explanation for healthcare disparities.<br />

Exworthy et al. (2006) use the term health disparities in their (2006) article to refer, comprehensively, to “both<br />

disparities in health care and inequalities of health status (unless there is a specific instance referring to inequalities<br />

of health and health care).”<br />

13


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

<strong>Health</strong> Inequality<br />

The term health inequality is used in European contexts to focus the lens more specifically on health inequalities<br />

relating to socio-economic status. This terminology has been ‘officially sanctioned’ in the United Kingdom since the<br />

coming to power of Tony Blair’s Labour government in 1997. It came to replace the much more neutral then in use<br />

term of ‘health variations’ which predominated (when discussed at all) under the Conservative government’s of<br />

Margaret Thatcher and John Major (Exworthy, Blane, and Marmot, 2003).<br />

In keeping with the UK/European perspective, Exworthy et al. (2006) define health inequalities as ‘systematic<br />

disparities in health [status] (or in the major social determinants of health) between groups with<br />

different levels of underlying social ad- vantage/disadvantage,’ including wealth, power, or prestige” (citing<br />

Braveman and Gruskin 2003, p.4). Reflecting European approaches more generally, Mackenbach et al. (2002a)<br />

similarly focus on and define socioeconomic inequalities in health as “systematic differences in morbidity and<br />

mortality rates between individual people of higher and lower socioeconomic status to the extent that these<br />

are perceived to be unfair.”<br />

The (2004) <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group Discussion Paper for the Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada draws a finer<br />

distinction between health inequality and health inequity, describing health inequality as ”the generic term used to<br />

designate differences, variations, and disparities in the health achievements and risk factors of individuals<br />

and groups…that need not imply moral judgment” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group citing Kawachi et al., 2002,<br />

p.56). <strong>Health</strong> inequalities due to individual biological endowment or the consequences of personal choices would<br />

not qualify, in this view, as health inequities, but rather, count as health inequalities. What should concern public<br />

policy, this discussion paper goes on to suggest, is “health inequalities attributable to modifiable factors,<br />

especially those that are perceived as inequitable” (see more definitions and descriptions of health inequity<br />

below).<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Inequity<br />

Of all the terms used, health inequity most consistently and strongly implies health disparities that are unjust and/or<br />

thus of moral and political concern. Gardner (2008b) in this light defines health inequities (which he uses<br />

interchangeably with health disparities) as “differences in health outcomes that are avoidable, unfair and<br />

systematically related to social inequality and disadvantage”. The link between health equity, social justice and<br />

ethics is made even more explicit in the World <strong>Health</strong> Organization’s (2008) Closing the Gap report:<br />

Where systematic differences in health are judged to be avoidable by reasonable action they are, quite<br />

simply, unfair. It is this that we label health inequity. Putting right these inequities and the huge and<br />

remediable differences in health between and within countries is a matter of social justice. Reducing<br />

health inequities is, for the Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> (hereafter, the Commission),<br />

an ethical imperative (WHO, 2008).<br />

The <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group (2004) similarly links inequity and injustice, defining health inequities as “those<br />

inequalities in health that are deemed to be unfair or stemming from some form of injustice”. It is the<br />

normative judgement implied by the terminology of health inequity, they argue, that distinguishes it from health<br />

inequality. Precisely because of the normative nature of such judgements the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group<br />

emphasize that “science alone cannot determine which inequalities are also inequitable, nor what proportion of an<br />

observed inequality is unjust or unfair” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004 quoting Kawachi et al., 2002, p.647-<br />

8). For such normative judgements depend upon, among other things,”(a) one’s theories of justice; (b) one’s theories<br />

of society; and (c) one’s reasoning underlying the genesis of health inequalities” (ibid.). An ethical theory of social<br />

justice is thus ultimately required to differentiate unfair from fair differences in health status.<br />

Inequitable distributions of health are most commonly and consistently described and defined as those health<br />

differences that are avoidable, unnecessary and unfair (Whitehead, 1998). Examples of the latter include<br />

“differences in health resulting from health-damaging behaviour not freely chosen, or from exposure to health<br />

hazards in the environment, or from impaired access to healthcare services” (Mackenbach et al., 2002a). Since these<br />

14


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

are potentially avoidable, they are widely perceived as unfair. “Differences in health which arise as a result of<br />

natural, biological variation, or of freely chosen health-damaging behaviour,” contrastingly, “will not commonly be<br />

perceived as 'unfair'” for the inverse reason (ibid.).<br />

Mackenbach et al. (2002a) draw on Whitehead’s (1998) scheme for judging the fairness of socioeconomic<br />

inequalities in health based on avoidability and common senses of justice (See Table 1.1. below).<br />

Table 1.1: Whitehead’s scheme for judging the fairness of socioeconomic inequalities in health<br />

Source: Mackenbach et al., 2002b. Adapted from Whitehead, 1990.<br />

Mackenbach et al. (2002b) nevertheless note the increasingly complex and fading borderline between avoidable and<br />

unavoidable health inequalities with the advancement of medical technologies. Public senses of just and unjust<br />

health disparities are also continually evolving, making any such judgement historically conditioned, and, at times,<br />

far from black and white.<br />

Of all the terms used, health in/equity appears the least ensconced in particular national frameworks and the most<br />

consistently and strongly defined in terms of health inequalities that are deemed socially and morally unjust. It is<br />

thus especially critical, when using such terminology, that normative and ethical presuppositions are clearly<br />

elucidated (see Policy debates section).<br />

1.2 Defining the Goal: <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />

A greater portion of the literature on health in/equity is concerned with defining and confronting the problem of<br />

health disparities than with the more difficult task of positively defining the nature and meaning of health equity,<br />

equality or parity,<br />

15


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Noting the variety of definitions of health equity in use in various jurisdictions across Ontario, Lettner (2008a)<br />

stresses the importance of crafting “consensus on a working description of health equity to inform the development<br />

and implementation of programs, services and projects by both government and communities, as well as community<br />

engagement strategies.”<br />

Most definitions of health equity/parity/equality vary in accord with, and contradistinction to, how authors have<br />

variously defined health inequity/inequality/disparity. <strong>Health</strong> equity is more often than not defined as a negative<br />

goal to be striven after - the reduction or elimination of health inequities or disparities/inequalities that are deemed<br />

unjust, unfair and avoidable.<br />

Rachlis (2007) explores some of the definitions of health equity in currency in the Ontario context:<br />

“[The goal of] reduc[ing] disparities in the health of those groups who may be disadvantaged by social or<br />

economic status, age, gender, ethnicity, geography, or language” (Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council 2006).<br />

or<br />

“The goal of…minimiz[ing] systematic and remedial disparities in health and social well-being between<br />

groups of people who have different levels of underlying social advantage” (The Ontario Project; cited in<br />

Rachlis 2007; see Table 3.1 for more definitions of health equity)<br />

<strong>Health</strong>y equity definitions and approaches also vary in the scope of groups targeted (see Policy section 3.1 under the<br />

‘scope’ subsection).<br />

Other definitions of health equity are framed in more positive terms. Examples include Gardner’s (2008a) definition<br />

of health equity as “ensuring equal opportunities for good health for all” and Lettner’s (2008a) definition of<br />

health equity as “equal opportunity for good health”. The Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Equity Council has more recently (2007)<br />

and positively defined the goal of health equity in plain language terms as follows: “People should get the same<br />

quality of care regardless of who they are and where they live.” This definition, unlike the former two, however<br />

restricts the purview of health equity to healthcare services, as is common in the US (where healthcare equity is<br />

more often than not the explicit focus of attention, rather than health equity per se, as discussed in the framework<br />

section below).<br />

The varying terms, premises and definitions of health in/equity discussed above find fuller expression and<br />

divergence in the varying frameworks that have been developed in the literature and among health policy-makers<br />

and practitioners interested in tackling health disparities.<br />

2.0 FRAMEWORKS FOR TACKLING HEALTH DISPARITIES<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity-related frameworks for public policy-making may be divided into two main conceptual camps. The<br />

first, here termed ‘<strong>Health</strong> Equity’, take a broader view of the challenge to be confronted by healthcare systems and<br />

agencies – that is disparities in health status, relating to the full spectrum of health determinants, including those<br />

beyond the healthcare system.<br />

The second approach, here termed ‘<strong>Health</strong> care Equity’, is more narrowly concerned with examining disparities that<br />

have origins, and thus solutions, within healthcare services more specifically. Cultural Competence frameworks<br />

may be situated within this latter stream of approaches.<br />

In between these two framework approaches is ‘<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong>care Frameworks’, which begin with a<br />

fundamental concern with inequities in health status, yet frame solutions more specifically within the context, and<br />

from the perspective, of the healthcare system.<br />

These frameworks each have particular ways of diagnosing the problem to be confronted and solution to be pursued<br />

by governmental healthcare authorities, in a manner significantly shaping the policy and strategic options pursued<br />

16


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

by those operating within their respective purviews. <strong>Health</strong> equity and healthcare equity frameworks, nonetheless,<br />

need not be, and should not be seen, as necessarily mutually exclusive.<br />

The diagram below depicts two different genealogies of approaches tackling inequities in health and social services,<br />

and recent attempts to bridge these two approaches in healthcare (see Janzen & Ochocka, 2006 for more on the<br />

genealogy and synthesis of these approaches).<br />

The distinction drawn between power-oriented and culture-oriented approaches maps partially onto the distinction<br />

drawn in this review between health equity and healthcare equity (cultural competence in specific) approaches.<br />

Figure 2.1: Contending diagnoses of the sources of inequitable healthcare service<br />

Source: Janzen & Ochocka, 2006.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity approaches are generally more power-oriented, focusing much more directly on structural inequities<br />

in power in society as these impact upon health status among disadvantaged population groups. Margot Lettner’s<br />

(2008a) analysis of the roots of health inequity is exemplary of this power-oriented approach. As she argues:<br />

The clear research consensus is that the roots of health disparities lie in broader social and economic<br />

inequality and exclusion. The most effective conceptual framework for health disparities is therefore<br />

grounded in a determinants of health approach, i.e., it looks beyond the traditional definitions of health, as<br />

well as beyond the historical analyses of the causes of illness and injury, and focuses on a broad range of<br />

socio-economic influences and outcomes that affect both individual and community or population health,<br />

such as income/wealth distribution and poverty, early child development, education, employment and<br />

working conditions, housing, gender, race and ethnicity, citizenship and immigration status, language,<br />

ability, sexual orientation, age, racism and discrimination, social exclusion, and natural and built<br />

environments.<br />

Most researchers and policy-makers working within a health determinant, health equity framework, nevertheless,<br />

also recognize the important, albeit less determining role, of healthcare services in mitigating the effects of health<br />

inequities (healthcare itself being one determinant of health among others).<br />


<br />

17


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Cultural competence approaches - the dominant framework of healthcare equity found in the literature - derive from<br />

a longer genealogy of culture-oriented approaches (as mapped out in Figure 2.1) which share a focus on the role of<br />

cultural bias and misunderstanding in explaining healthcare inequities. The genealogy of cultural competence is<br />

discussed in Section 2.4. Nothing prevents such approaches from also considering and acknowledging the formative<br />

role of broader (power inequity-related) determinants of health.<br />

Below I discuss some of the more notable and salient examples of health equity and healthcare equity frameworks<br />

fashioned and pursued by governmental bodies seeking to tackle health disparities. This discussion of frameworks<br />

helps to set the stage for the review of international health equity policies in subsequent sections, enabling the reader<br />

to better understand and situate health equity policy interventions in the context of contending, overarching<br />

frameworks.<br />

2.1 HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORKS<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks are most distinguished by their fundamental concern with inequities in health status.<br />

Such frameworks define the problem to be confronted (‘health inequity’) in broad terms to include all possible<br />

(social, political, environmental etc.) determinants of health/health inequity, including many which are beyond the<br />

healthcare sector proper. Most such frameworks depict the root sources of health inequity as lying in unjust sociopolitical<br />

relations in society.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks are also distinguished by their focus on health, as opposed to merely the treatment and<br />

eradication of disease. Figure 2.2 below describes the nature of the proposed shift from an illness orientation to a<br />

wellness orientation often advocated for in health equity frameworks.<br />

Figure 2.2: Towards a Wellness Orientation - Ontario’s Chronic Disease Prevention and Management<br />

Framework<br />

Source: Meera Jain (2007). Ontario’s Chronic Disease Prevention and Management Framework.<br />

18


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

The broad and positive understanding of health in health equity approaches is frequently informed by the positive<br />

definition of health employed by the World <strong>Health</strong> Organization (WHO), which remains widely adopted as a<br />

working standard in the health equity frameworks and approaches reviewed here:<br />

[<strong>Health</strong> is] a state of compete physical, mental and social well being, and not merely the absence of disease<br />

or infirmity. It is a fundamental human right and that the attainment of the highest possible level of health<br />

is a most important world-wide social goal whose realization requires the action of many other social and<br />

economic sectors in addition to the health sector. (WHO, Alma Ata, 1978)<br />

This paradigm-shifting definition challenges the more traditional, conventional modern western definition of health,<br />

as merely the absence of disease.<br />

The health equity frameworks reviewed here can be further subdivided between those that explicitly base themselves<br />

on theoretical causal models of the determinants of health/health inequity and those (here dubbed ‘Strategic<br />

Intervention Frameworks’) that focus instead on intervention strategies, without explicitly linking such strategies up<br />

to a theoretical model or evidence-based framework<br />

A. <strong>Health</strong> Determinant Frameworks<br />

Etiological 2 <strong>Health</strong> Determinant Frameworks provide a theoretical model of the determinants and causes of health<br />

and health in/equity, on the basis of assessments of the empirical evidence. They moreover use such causal models<br />

to aid and inform the development of policy/intervention strategies. Some examples include the Canadian Institute<br />

of <strong>Health</strong> Research’s (2002) Population <strong>Health</strong> Framework, New Zealand’s (2002) Framework for Reducing<br />

Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>, and the WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap Framework.<br />

Rather than elaborate in detail the theoretical bases and underpinnings of these framework models (which is beyond<br />

the scope of this literature review), some of the more common theoretical approaches to explaining inequalities in<br />

health in the literature are outlined below.<br />

All of these perspectives find expression, to greater and lesser degrees, in the frameworks discussed below.<br />

Mackenbach et al. (2002a) distinguish four theoretical perspectives in particular:<br />

• Selection versus causation perspectives which “imply that health determines socioeconomic position,<br />

instead of socioeconomic position determining health”. This perspective focuses on the ways in which poor<br />

health results in downward socio-economic mobility which in turn has further negative consequences for health<br />

(See for instance van de Mheen et al., 1999; Wadsworth, 1986; Stern, 1983; Illsley, 1955).<br />

• Specific determinants perspectives which view various socio-economic factors as directly and indirectly<br />

shaping health inequities, in the latter case, mediated through a range of individual health-related behaviours.<br />

Such perspectives vary in emphasis on causes of health inequities, emphasizing, to differing degrees, (a)<br />

material factors (e.g. low income), (b) psycho-social factors and stressors (which are more and less related to<br />

material factors) and (c) health-related behaviours such as smoking, diet, alcohol consumption and physical<br />

exercise, which are related to (a) and (b) as proximal determinants of inequalities in health.<br />

• Life-course perspectives which pay much more attention to the cumulative effect of disadvantage on<br />

individual health over the life-course, often stressing or identifying particular ‘windows of susceptibility’ -<br />

“those periods of life when the individual is more susceptible to the effects of certain exposures, malnutrition<br />

and infections [for example] during the fetal period, emotional attachment during infancy, and so on.” Lifecourse<br />

perspectives have the advantage of bringing into view the 'co-evolution' of social position and health in a<br />

manner “taking away the sharp contradiction between 'selection' and 'causation' explanations” (citing van<br />

de Mheen et al., 1998; Vigero & Illsley 1995).<br />

2 Etiology refers to the study of causation, in this context, the study of causes and determinants of health and illness, health equity and health<br />

inequity.<br />

19


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Integrated models which attempt to synthesize the aforementioned approaches through the construction of a<br />

‘layered’ or ‘chain-like’ causation theory of health inequity (e.g. see Figure 2.3). Each of the layers or links<br />

represents different potential entry points for policy interventions. Such integrated models vary in the extent to<br />

which they (1) take into account a life-course perspective (some models only focusing in on adult stage), (2)<br />

represent individual biological pathways (some models only representing determinants that are external to the<br />

individual), and (3) address macrosocial factors and policies (some models limiting themselves to what happens<br />

at the individual level).<br />

Most of the frameworks discussed below draw on integrated models and understandings of the sources of health<br />

inequity.<br />

Figure 2.3 Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research Population <strong>Health</strong> Framework<br />

Source: Rachlis (2007). Adaptation of CIHR-IPPH (2002). Mapping and Tapping the Wellsprings of <strong>Health</strong>:<br />

Strategic Plan 2002-2007. http://www.cihr-irsc.gc.ca/e/institutes/ipph/13789.shtml.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Canada has defined the “overall goal of the population health approach” as “to maintain and improve the<br />

health of the entire population and to reduce inequities in health between population groups” (<strong>Health</strong> Canada, 1998).<br />

The Federal, Provincial and Territorial Ministers of <strong>Health</strong> officially adopted a population health approach in 1994<br />

in the report, Strategies for Population <strong>Health</strong>: Investing in the <strong>Health</strong> of Canadians (see <strong>Health</strong> Canada, 1994).<br />

Population health frameworks, such as the one modeled above by the Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research, are of<br />

much relevance and use to policymakers concerned with tackling health inequalities, particularly due to their<br />

concern with health status at the population group level, and attention to the multiple, interacting determinants of<br />

health, which provide multiple sites for policy intervention.<br />

Raphael & Bryant (2006) present another <strong>Health</strong> Canada population health framework that is geared more towards<br />

guiding specific population health interventions (see Figure 2.4).<br />

20


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.4 <strong>Health</strong> Canada’s population health template<br />

Source: Raphael & Bryant, 2006, p.42.<br />

The approach modelled in Figure 2.4 emphasizes the critical importance of gathering data and measuring population<br />

health status and bringing evidence-based analyses of the determinants of health to bear upon policy decisionmaking<br />

processes. Also emphasized in this model is the importance of upstream interventions which, by their very<br />

nature, demand considerable intersectoral collaboration. The model/framework furthermore stresses the importance<br />

of public involvement and accountability through recursive measurement and evaluation strategies.<br />

New Zealand Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong><br />

The New Zealand <strong>Health</strong> Strategy on ‘health inequalities’ is elaborated in a (2002) New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong><br />

strategic paper entitled Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>. The paper “provides a framework for the health sector to<br />

improve the overall health of New Zealanders and to reduce inequalities amongst New Zealanders, with a focus on<br />

Maori, Pacific peoples and low-income New Zealanders” (p.1). This framework is informed by a population health<br />

approachwhich “takes into account all the factors that influence health and how they can be tackled to improve<br />

health” (ibid.).<br />

The various components of this framework are elaborated in significant detail below, due to the exemplariness of<br />

this framework, in combining theory and a concern with practical intervention strategies.<br />

Underlying the Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> framework is the following ‘integrative’ determinant of health<br />

model featured below (Figure 2.5).<br />

21


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.5 Dahlgren & Whitehead Model of the Determinants of <strong>Health</strong><br />

Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002. Adapted from Dahlgren and Whitehead (1991).<br />

The integrative model accounts for a host of health determinants including:<br />

• Individual lifestyle factors – for example, whether we smoke, exercise, how much alcohol we drink<br />

• Social and community influences – for example, whether we belong to strong social networks, feel valued and<br />

empowered to participate in decisions that affect our health and wellbeing<br />

• Living and working conditions – for example, whether we live in safe housing and have decent working<br />

conditions<br />

• Culture, ethnicity and gender – for example, women, Maori and Pacific peoples are over-represented in lower<br />

paid jobs<br />

• General socioeconomic and environmental conditions – for example, our position in society, including income,<br />

education and employment, which affects our ability to participate (Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.1-2).<br />

A more developed causal model of the determinants of health is elaborated in the body of the (2002) New Zealand<br />

Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Strategy paper, as featured below (see Figure 2.6):<br />

22


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.6: New Zealand integrative model of the determinants of health<br />

Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.16; Adapted from Howden-Chapman and Tobias, 2000.<br />

Most distinguishing of this top-down causality model is the way in which it envisions “the structure of society” as<br />

strongly conditioning individual health and health-related behaviour (p.16-17).<br />

New Zealand Intervention Framework<br />

The (2002) New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Strategy paper goes on to elaborate an intervention framework on the<br />

basis of the determinant of health models in Figure 2.5 and Figure 2.6. The intervention framework also draws on an<br />

intervention framework developed by Mackenbach (1998), which identifies four possible points of intervention to<br />

reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health (as shown in figure 2.7).<br />

23


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.7: Four possible targets for interventions to reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health (New<br />

Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>)<br />

Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.18. Adapted from Mackenbach in National Advisory Committee on<br />

<strong>Health</strong> and Disability, 1998.<br />

This framework seeks to reduce health inequalities by targeting:<br />

• Underlying social and economic determinants of health impacting socioeconomic status<br />

• Factors that are intermediate between socioeconomic determinants and health, such as behaviour, environment<br />

and material resources<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> and disability support services (i.e. Disability and healthcare services); and/or<br />

• The feedback effect of ill health on socioeconomic position (drawing on insights from the selective perspective<br />

discussed in section 2.1a above).<br />

Figure 2.8 below models the New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>’s Intervention Framework to Improve <strong>Health</strong> and<br />

Reduce Inequalities on the basis of this synthesis of intervention and determinants of health frameworks (see next<br />

page):<br />

24


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.8: New Zealand Intervention Framework to Improve <strong>Health</strong> and Reduce<br />

Inequalities<br />

Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.19.<br />

25


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

This intervention model cascades down from top to bottom from the more to less determining causes of health and<br />

health in/equity, emphasizing the role of structural system factors and conditions in particular.<br />

The model is both theoretically informed and comprehensive in scope, considering the full range of factors<br />

influencing health inequalities, whilst illuminating potential sites and entry points for intervention.<br />

Below is a listing of the corresponding sites for intervention and types of initiatives envisioned on the basis of this<br />

intervention framework:<br />

Level 1: Structural – social, economic, cultural and historical factors fundamentally determine health<br />

“The most fundamental approach to reducing inequalities in health is to tackle their root cause; that is,<br />

address the social, cultural, economic and historical inequalities themselves. This requires policies directly<br />

concerned with education, occupation, income and the Economy” (Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> 2002, p.20).<br />

The New Zealand Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> lists the following potential roles for the health<br />

sector in reducing inequalities that are ‘upstream’ from the health system:<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> sector workers can contribute by drawing attention to the social and economic determinants of health<br />

and advocating for policies in other sectors that will improve health and reduce health inequalities.<br />

• We [the health sector] should also work collaboratively with other sectors to develop and implement a more<br />

comprehensive range of strategies to tackle specific health problems than we could apply relying on health<br />

services alone. [The example of health impact assessment across Ministries is given as a potential strategy; see<br />

Accountability section for more on uses of health equity impact assessment tools in this and other respects]<br />

• The health sector also has a direct role at the strategic level; namely, it should ensure that its own policies are<br />

directed towards a more equitable distribution of health resources in relation to inequalities in health status.<br />

Specific examples of the types of action that may be taken at this level include:<br />

• Systematic implementation of the provisions of the Treaty of Waitangi in policy, planning and service delivery<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> funding arrangements that distribute resources according to need<br />

• Exploration of health impact assessment tools<br />

• Monitoring of health inequalities, social determinants and the relationship between the two<br />

• Development of Maori and Pacific providers and workforce (p.20-21)<br />

Level 2: Intermediary pathways – the impact of social, economic, cultural and historical factors on health<br />

status is mediated by various factors<br />

“The effect of socioeconomic position on health is mediated by a number of material, psychosocial and<br />

behavioural factors, which may provide effective intervention points” (p.21).<br />

The following examples of potential actions at this level are provided:<br />

• Housing initiatives<br />

• Community development programmes<br />

• Settings-based programmes, such as healthy cities and health-promoting schools<br />

• Workplace interventions (for example, occupational safety and health)<br />

• <strong>Local</strong> authority policies (for example, in relation to cycleways, lighting, playgrounds<br />

• And transport)<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> education and the development of personal skills<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> protection.<br />

26


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Level 3: <strong>Health</strong> and disability services – what services can specifically do<br />

This level of action focuses in on “the significant part to play” of disability and health care services in reducing<br />

inequalities, namely by:<br />

• Ensur[ing] equity of access to care by distributing resources in relation to need, as defined in collaboration with<br />

local communities; and<br />

• Remov[ing] barriers, however defined, that inhibit the effective use of services for all ethnic and social groups<br />

(p.21; citing Benzeval et al., 1995).<br />

Examples provided of actions and interventions at this level include:<br />

• Improved access to appropriate, high-quality health care and disability services<br />

• Collection of accurate ethnicity data<br />

• Implementation of the elective services booking system based on need<br />

• Monitoring of service delivery to ensure equitable intervention rates according to ethnicity, gender,<br />

socioeconomic status and region<br />

• Primary care initiatives that reduce access barriers for maori, pacific peoples and other disadvantaged groups<br />

• Ethnic-specific service delivery<br />

• Community participation in the health sector at a governance level and in resource allocation decision-making<br />

• Equitable resource allocation by district health boards as funders and by providers, including hospitals<br />

• Collaborative partnerships within the health sector and intersectorally (pp.21-22).<br />

Level 4: Impact – minimising the impact of disability and illness on socioeconomic position<br />

“[T]hose who are chronically ill, or have a disability or mental illness, face higher risks of downward<br />

mobility through lower educational achievement, greater problems in finding and keeping a job and fewer<br />

opportunities for upward mobility within a job” (New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002:22).<br />

Examples provided of remedial actions at this level include:<br />

• Income support (for example, sickness benefits)<br />

• Disability allowance<br />

• Accident compensation<br />

• Antidiscrimination legislation and education; and<br />

• Support services for people with disabilities, chronic illness and mental health illness<br />

WHO Closing the Gap Framework<br />

The Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> was set up by former World <strong>Health</strong> Organization Director-<br />

General JW Lee and given the task “to collect, collate, and synthesize global evidence on the social determinants of<br />

health and their impact on health inequity, and to make recommendations for action to address that inequity” (WHO<br />

2008). The findings from this inquiry are reported in the WHO’s (2008) report, Closing the Gap in a Generation:<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity through action on the social determinants of health.<br />

As suggested by the title, the WHO Commission takes a holistic determinant of health approach in its effort to<br />

identify and remedy inequities in health status which go far beyond the health care system. The ‘principles of action’<br />

and corresponding interventions recommended in this report are “underpinned by an aetiological conceptual<br />

framework” that is modeled below (Figure 2.9).<br />

27


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.9: WHO Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> conceptual framework<br />

Source: WHO, 2008, p.43. Amended from Solar & Irwin, 2007.<br />

While the WHO Report does not elaborate further upon its underlying conceptual framework modeled above<br />

(referring readers instead to the original source), the model clearly brings a wide range of health determinants into<br />

scope. Like the New Zealand model, it too stresses the more determining role of structural socio-political and<br />

economic factors and contexts in shaping health inequities. The Commission for instance argues in this respect:<br />

Strengthening health equity globally and within countries means going beyond contemporary concentration<br />

on the immediate causes of disease. More than any other global health endeavour, the Commission focuses<br />

on the ‘causes of the causes’ the fundamental global and national structures of social hierarchy and the<br />

socially determined conditions these create in which people grow, live, work, and age (WHO, 2008).<br />

The framework, moreover, implicitly adopts a “life-course perspective on how the social determinants of health<br />

operate at every level of development - pregnancy and childbirth, early childhood, childhood, adolescence, and<br />

adulthood - both as an immediate influence on health and to provide the basis for health or illness later in life”<br />

(WHO, 2008:49).<br />

The Commission uses this framework to discern two fundamental kinds of interventions that are aimed at taking<br />

action on:<br />

The circumstances of daily life, including:<br />

• Differential exposures to disease-causing influences in early life, the social and physical environments, and<br />

work, associated with social stratification. Depending on the nature of these influences, different groups<br />

will have different experiences of material conditions, psychosocial support, and behavioural options,<br />

which make them more or less vulnerable to poor health;<br />

• <strong>Health</strong>-care responses to health promotion, disease prevention, and treatment of illness;<br />

28


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

And the structural drivers, including:<br />

• The nature and degree of social stratification in society – the magnitude of inequity along the dimensions<br />

listed;<br />

• Biases, norms, and values within society;<br />

• Global and national economic and social policy;<br />

• Processes of governance at the global, national, and local level (p.42).<br />

Three overarching ‘principles of action’ are derived from the Commission’s analysis of the determinants of health.<br />

These structure the report’s chapters and provide the overarching framework for the large number of<br />

recommendations contained in this report. These three ‘principles of action’ include:<br />

1. Improve the conditions of daily life - the circumstances in which people are born, grow, live, work, and age.<br />

2. Tackle the inequitable distribution of power, money, and resources - the structural drivers of those conditions of<br />

daily life - globally, nationally, and locally; and<br />

3. Measure the problem, evaluate action, expand the knowledge base, develop a workforce that is trained in the<br />

social determinants of health, and raise public awareness about the social determinants of health.<br />

The Commission emphasizes and draws attention to the solid evidence-base informing these principles of action,<br />

which it explains are:<br />

• Underpinned by an aetiological conceptual framework,<br />

• Supported by a vast global evidence base that demonstrates an impact of action on these social determinants of<br />

health and health inequities (effectiveness),<br />

• Supported by evidence on feasibility of implementation in different scenarios, and<br />

• Supported by evidence showing consistency of effects of action in different population groups and countries<br />

with different levels of national economic development (p.43).<br />

A second public health conceptual framework/model identifying the causal pathways of health in/equity is<br />

elaborated in the body of the (2008) WHO Report (see Figure 2.10).<br />

29


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.10: WHO model of causal pathways for health action<br />

Source: WHO 2008, p.175.<br />

This conceptual model more readily lends itself to policy intervention insofar as it more explicitly identifies possible<br />

entry points for intervention. The model suggests beginning with the evidence of differential individual health<br />

outcomes as a starting point for analysis, and then proceeding from there to explore consequences of this, followed<br />

by an explanatory account of the determinants of these differential individual health outcomes and consequences,<br />

which can then be used to guide strategic policy interventions (see Figure 2.10).<br />

B. Evidence-Based <strong>Health</strong> Equity Intervention Frameworks<br />

Global/Ottawa Equity Gauge Framework<br />

The Ottawa Equity Gauge is the outcome of a project that has brought together researchers, community leaders,<br />

NGOS and various public stakeholders with the objective of bridging the gap from evidence to action in reducing<br />

health inequalities (see Tugwell 2006). The 8 year-old Ottawa Equity Gauge is informed by the Global Equity<br />

Gauge (GEGA) initiative which describes itself as a “strategy that links measurement and analysis with the<br />

identification and evaluation of inequity reducing policies and actions” (GEGA, 2009). The Ottawa Equity Gauge<br />

has recently become an official GEGA associate.<br />

30


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

GEGA’s work places health squarely within a larger framework of social justice, focusing on health inequalities that<br />

are “avoidable and associated with unjust social constructs” (GEGA, 2009). More positively, GEGA describes its<br />

goal and perspective as “striving towards a world in which disadvantaged population groups (whether defined<br />

by age, gender, race-ethnicity, socio-economic class or residence) can better achieve their full health potential,<br />

as indicated by the health standards of those groups in society who are most advantaged” (ibid.). In this effort<br />

GEGA calls for “affirmative and preferential action to improve the health of those with the poorest health when they<br />

face unjust obstacles to achieving that potential” (ibid.).<br />

GEGA describes an equity gauge as “a health development project that uses an active approach to monitoring and<br />

addressing inequity in health and health care” in a manner that “moves beyond a mere description or passive<br />

monitoring of equity indicators to a set of concrete actions designed to effect real and sustained change in reducing<br />

unfair disparities in health and health care” (ibid.).<br />

The Equity Gauge framework is explicitly based on 3 broad spheres (called ‘pillars’) of action which are each<br />

accorded equal importance in ensuring a successful outcome. These three pillars are:<br />

1. Assessment and Monitoring: Research and monitoring to measure and describe inequities<br />

2. Advocacy and public participation to promote the use of information to effect change involving a broad range<br />

of stakeholders from civil society working together in a movement for equity<br />

3. Community empowerment and involvement: to involve the poor and marginalized as active participants rather<br />

than passive recipients.<br />

The Ottawa Equity Gauge adds and emphasizes a fourth 'Intervention" pillar to the Global Equity Gauge based upon<br />

‘Cochrane and Campbell systematic reviews’ 3 of the evidence-base around the impact of specific interventions<br />

(Tugwell et al., 2006).<br />

Figure 2.11 below represents the Ottawa Equity Gauge, as applied to the study of food security in Ottawa (see next<br />

page):<br />

3 The Campbell Collaboration (named after Donald Campbell, an American psychologist and thinker) is a sibling organisation to The Cochrane<br />

Collaboration which has been formed “to prepare, maintain and promote the accessibility of systematic reviews in areas such as education,<br />

criminal justice, social policy and social care”, and, most recently, health equity (Retrieved March 9, 2009 form<br />

http://www.cochrane.org/docs/campbell.htm).<br />

31


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.11: Ottawa Equity Gauge<br />

Source: Tugwell et al., 2006, p. 8.<br />

The first pillar, Measurement and monitoring, involves the “analysis, description and understanding of health<br />

inequities through the collection and collation of qualitative and quantitative data information [so as to] identify<br />

targets for action and enable later evaluation on whether change has occurred” (Tugwell, 2006, p.7).<br />

The Intervention pillar “aims to address the lack of evidence that exists on the effectiveness of interventions<br />

to reduce health disparities through the accumulation and synthesis of research. Most notably this…involve[s]<br />

systematically reviewing the evidence for public health interventions on low socio-economic groups, rather than just<br />

that of population averages”.<br />

Finally “Advocacy [is] combined with a bottom up approach of community empowerment and capacity<br />

building. This pillar places importance on working with communities to help them speak more effectively for<br />

themselves, and building the capacity of individuals and community groups to improve their own health” (Tugwell,<br />

2006, p.7; emphasis mine.).<br />

One of the particular strengths of the Ottawa Gauge is its combining of expert evidence and community<br />

empowerment within its framework (against the problematic trend of purchasing one at the expense of the other).<br />

32


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

2.2 HEALTH EQUITY IN HEALTHCARE FRAMEWORKS<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong>care Frameworks form a bridge between (1) health equity frameworks and (2) healthcare<br />

equity frameworks. This class of frameworks shares with (1) health equity frameworks a focus on disparities in<br />

health status broadly conceived; and (2) a situated, healthcare-system-perspective on how such disparities in health<br />

status can be addressed primarily within the confines of the health care system.<br />

Gardner <strong>Health</strong> Equity Framework<br />

Exemplifying this intermediate type of (‘health equity in healthcare’) framework is the intervention framework<br />

developed by Bob Gardner in a (2008a) discussion paper for the Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHINs. Developed as part of a<br />

highly informative series of <strong>Health</strong> Equity Roundtables organized by the Wellesley Institute in 2007,4 Gardner’s<br />

(2008a) <strong>Health</strong> Equity Discussion Paper identifies its overall goal as “to reduce or eliminate socially and<br />

institutionally structured health inequalities and differential outcomes”.<br />

Gardner’s Executive Summary (2008b) and Discussion Paper (2008a) commences with a definition of health<br />

disparities/inequities as “differences in health outcomes that are avoidable, unfair and systematically related to<br />

social inequality and disadvantage” (2008a, p.2). Gardner’s discussion paper goes on to discuss the multiple roots<br />

and causes of such inequities, the most determining of which, he argues (citing research), “lie in broader social and<br />

economic inequality and exclusion” (Gardner 2008b, p.4).<br />

While retaining this wider concern with health inequities (as opposed to solely healthcare inequities), the paper<br />

proceeds to focus more specifically on “how inequitable access to care and differential quality are shaped by social<br />

inequalities and institutional barriers, and how the damaging impact of this structured inequality can be reduced<br />

within priorities identified in the IHSP [Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plan]” 5 (Gardner 2008b, p.4). The approach taken,<br />

in effect, marries a concern with the broader determinants of health status (structural social inequalities and<br />

institutional barriers etc.) with a concern with inequities in healthcare settings which reproduce and/or fail to<br />

adequately redress such wider inequities in health status.<br />

In keeping with this strategically focused, yet holistic health determinants perspective, Gardner (2008a) recommends<br />

six “main directions in which the healthcare system can address health disparities”. These six main directions, which<br />

together form a strategic intervention framework, are by:<br />

1. Identifying and reducing barriers to access to services;<br />

2. Ensuring all receive the high-quality and responsive care they need, regardless of their social position and<br />

conditions;<br />

3. Targeting investments and interventions towards the most health disadvantaged communities and populations;<br />

4. Building equity, diversity and gender analysis into all service delivery and planning;<br />

5. Enhancing equity-focused primary, chronic and preventive care, and other healthcare investments that will have<br />

the most impact in reducing disparities;<br />

6. Building cross-sectoral collaborations beyond the healthcare system to address the wider determinants of health.<br />

4 “The <strong>Health</strong> Equity Roundtables were held on December 5 and 6, 2007, hosted by The Wellesley Institute, Toronto, Ontario. Thirty five<br />

participants, bringing together service providers, policymakers, researchers and advocates active in health equity, met to talk about current policy<br />

openings and opportunities to move health equity forward to action in Ontario – with the provincial government and/or the LHINs” (Lettner<br />

2008).<br />

5 The <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> System Integration Act requires the <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHINs) to each develop an Integrated <strong>Health</strong><br />

Service Plan (IHSP), with input from the community, and in accordance with the provincial (MOHLTC) <strong>Health</strong> System Strategic Plan.<br />

33


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Each of these ‘directions’ are elaborated and fleshed out with prospective actionable initiatives and existing good<br />

practice examples in Gardner’s (2008a) Discussion Paper, which provides a comprehensive and concrete series of<br />

recommendations for action planning over the short, medium and long term in the LHINs context. 6<br />

Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council Equity Framework<br />

Rachlis (2007; 2008) has consistently advocated for Ontario governmental health bodies (MOHLTC, LHINS) to<br />

adopt the Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council’s (OHQC) 7 equity framework in order “to operationalize its policy work<br />

on health equity” (Rachlis, 2008). This framework is elaborated in the OHQC’s second (2007) Report, which<br />

promotes a three-pronged approach to developing a more equitable health system:<br />

1. Improve the accessibility of the health system through outreach, location, physical design, opening hours,<br />

and other policies.<br />

2. Improve the patient-centeredness of the system by providing culturally competent care, interpretation<br />

services, and assisting patients and families surmount social and economic barriers to care.<br />

3. Cooperate with other sectors to improve population health.<br />

Rachlis recommends broadening or fleshing out this framework further to include anti-racism/anti-oppression issues<br />

and approaches (2007).<br />

While the first and second intervention themes of this framework for action are pre-occupied with healthcare equity,<br />

that is reducing health inequities in and through healthcare services, the third framework theme retains a broader<br />

concern with population health and health status beyond the healthcare system (hence the call for intersectoral<br />

cooperation, and this framework’s characterisation, here, as a ‘health equity in healthcare’ framework).<br />

6 Created by the Ontario government in March 2006, <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integrated Networks are “14 not-for-profit corporations who work with local<br />

health providers and community members to determine the health service priorities of [14 designated] regions. As <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration<br />

Networks (LHINs), [the Ontario LHINs] plan, integrate and fund local health services [in their region], including:<br />

Hospitals<br />

Community Care Access Centres<br />

Community Support Services<br />

Long-term Care<br />

Mental <strong>Health</strong> and Addictions Services<br />

Community <strong>Health</strong> Centres. (http://www.lhins.on.ca/; retrieved January 5, 2009).<br />

7 The Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council (OHQC) is an independent agency funded by the Government of Ontario, established in September 2005,<br />

under The Commitment to the Future of Medicare Act, 2004. The Council is an Operational Service Agency that reports to the Minister of<br />

<strong>Health</strong> and Long-Term Care. Section 4 of the Act sets out its mandate as: “to monitor and report to the people of Ontario on:<br />

1. access to publicly funded health services;<br />

2. health human resources in publicly funded health services;<br />

3. consumer and population health status; and<br />

4. health system outcomes; and<br />

5. to support continuous quality improvement (http://www.ohqc.ca/en/mandate.ph).<br />

Section 5 of the Act further requires the Council to deliver a yearly report to the Minister on the state of the health system in Ontario, and any<br />

other reports required by the Minister. Since its inception in 2005, the Council has published three reports on Ontario's health system (entitled<br />

QMonitor).<br />

34


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

2.3 HEALTHCARE EQUITY FRAMEWORKS<br />

<strong>Health</strong>care Equity frameworks, as conceived here, begin and end with healthcare disparities that have their roots<br />

and remedies within the healthcare system. Distinguished by their more narrow focus on healthcare inequities, such<br />

approaches can be further subdivided between those that consider structural socio-economic factors in healthcare<br />

disparities (e.g. OHQC, 2007), and those that focus more narrowly on the role of culture (most often focusing on<br />

ethno-racial dimensions of culture) in explaining and remedying healthcare inequities. A majority of cultural<br />

competence frameworks discussed in the literature may be situated in this latter camp.<br />

A. Cultural Competence – An Overview<br />

American health agencies, service providers and professional organizations have been addressing issues of<br />

culture in healthcare services since the 1970s and 1980s as part of a broader effort to reduce health disparities<br />

(Betancourt et al., 2002; APA 2003).<br />

‘Culture-centred’ approaches to healthcare have increasingly come to challenge and displace (albeit still dominant)<br />

‘culture-blind’ approaches based on standardized (‘cookie cutter’) services for all, regardless of colour, culture or<br />

class (see Figure 2.1 for genealogical map of cultural competence in this respect).<br />

Proponents of ‘culture-centred’ approaches argue that such ‘culture-blind’ approaches, while sometimes wellintended,<br />

wittingly or unwittingly privilege dominant cultural norms and health practices in health care settings in<br />

ways ignoring and/or minimizing the specific healthcare needs and concerns of cultural minorities with deleterious<br />

consequences for their health outcomes (APA, 2003).<br />

The first generation of ‘culture-centered’ approaches to health emphasized the importance of increasing ‘cultural<br />

awareness’ and ‘cultural sensitivity’ among healthcare practitioners. Whereas cultural awareness has been defined as<br />

“being conscious of one’s own cultural background and how it relates to our behaviours, thoughts and emotions”<br />

(Sue et al., 1998), cultural sensitivity has been defined as “the recognition of personal attitudes, values, beliefs, and<br />

practices within one’s own culture and insight into the effect of self on others” (Schim et al., 2005; italics mine). 8<br />

Cultural competence approaches and frameworks, while incorporating such insights, are widely represented as an<br />

advance over this earlier focus on attitudes and awareness due to their more ‘action-oriented’ emphasis on<br />

‘competence’ defined in terms of required skills and behaviours (Hernandez et al., 1998; Chestang, 1998). The<br />

Ontario Ministry of Children and Youth Services (2005) Achieving Cultural Competency toolkit conveys this<br />

distinguishing feature of cultural competence:<br />

The term ‘cultural sensitivity’ implies that diversity work is just about people being nice to one another. While<br />

having good interpersonal skills is certainly positive, cultural competency involves much more than that. Cultural<br />

competency is a professional skill that enables staff and organizations to serve their clients effectively and<br />

competently. Beyond simply treating diverse clients with sensitivity, culturally competent organizations actively<br />

identify and remove any barriers that prevent them from accessing and participating in the organization’s programs<br />

and services.<br />

Despite the abovementioned need to examine organizational-level service barriers often mentioned in the cultural<br />

competence literature, a majority of this literature continues to focus primarily on individual-level cultural<br />

competencies. However, there is a growing body of research on the institutional and systemic dimensions of cultural<br />

competency (Cross et al.,’s 1989 being among the first; see for instance Smedley, 2008; Chrisman, 2007; Dreachslin<br />

et al., 2007; California Endowment, 2007; Conviser, 2007; Pyles & Kim’s, 2006; Cashin et al., 2006; Beach et al.,<br />

2006; Hayes-Bautista, 2003; Anderson et al., 2003; Chin, 2002).<br />

8 Hernandez et al. further add to this definition of cultural sensitivity, “the ability to empathize and identify with the<br />

emotional expressions, values and beliefs of someone from a different cultural group” (1998, p.13).<br />

35


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Towards a definition of Cultural Competence<br />

Definitions of cultural competence vary in regards to (1) the extent to which they include levels of analyses beyond<br />

the individual level (e.g. considering agency and system-levels of analysis and practice); (2) whether they describe<br />

cultural competency in static or dynamic terms (as an ongoing process); and (3) the scope of diversity groups and<br />

cultural practices considered or implied under the umbrella of cultural competence.<br />

The most widely cited and adapted definition of cultural competence is that of Cross et al. (1989), who define<br />

cultural competence as “a set of congruent behaviors, attitudes and policies that come together in a system or<br />

agency or among professionals that enables that system, agency, or professionals to work effectively in crosscultural<br />

situations” (Cross, Bazron, Dennis, & Isaacs, 1989). 9 Notably, this definition informs the (2001)<br />

National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS) issued by the US Department of<br />

<strong>Health</strong> and Human Services’ Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

Other definitions of cultural competence addressing agency/system-levels of analysis include the following:<br />

• The ability of systems to provide care to patients with diverse values, beliefs and behaviors, including tailoring<br />

delivery to meet patients’ social, cultural, and linguistic needs (Betancourt, 2002).<br />

• “The ability of organizations and systems to function and perform effectively in cross-cultural situations”<br />

(Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory Committee of Ministry for Children and Families, 1998; GTA Diversity<br />

and LHINS Working Group, 2008a).<br />

• “Behaviors, attitudes, and policies that can come together on a continuum: that will ensure that a system agency,<br />

program or individual can function effectively and appropriately in diverse cultural interactions and settings”<br />

(US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, 2002).<br />

• “Ongoing commitment or institutionalization of appropriate practices and policies for diverse populations”<br />

(Brach and Fraser, 2000).<br />

• “The ability to demonstrate skills and knowledge which enable a person to work effectively across cultures; the<br />

ability to provide mental health treatment within the cultural framework of the consumer; the ability to provide<br />

effective services to people of a specific cultural background, including one different from the provider”<br />

(Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration, 1997, p.27).10<br />

Michael Goh (2005) describes the Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration’s definition<br />

as ‘the most comprehensive definition of cultural competence’ to date.<br />

Another comprehensive definition of cultural competence is offered by the Cultural competence workgroup for the<br />

projects for assistance in transition from homelessness. They define cultural competence as:<br />

an ongoing and evolving process that comprises knowledge attainment and the development of<br />

behaviors, attitudes, policies, and practices that come together in a system of care enabling agencies,<br />

programs, and individuals to increase access to services and to develop or adapt services that are<br />

appropriate to specific cultural needs (2002, Report of the Cultural Competence Workgroup for the<br />

Projects for Assistance in Transition from Homelessness).<br />

9 The original 75 page monograph published by the Child and Adolescent Service System Program (CASSP) National Technical<br />

Assistance Center at the Georgetown University Child Development Center was entitled Towards A Culturally Competent System of<br />

Care, Volume I: A Monograph on Effective Services for Minority Children Who Are Severely Emotionally. Cross et al.’s (1989) definition<br />

also informs a recent (2005a) Canadian study by Olavarria et al. entitled Standards of Organizational Cultural Competence for<br />

Community <strong>Health</strong> and Social Service Organizations.<br />

10 Michael Goh (2005) describes the Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration’s definition as ‘the most<br />

comprehensive definition of cultural competence’ to date.<br />

36


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

This definition has the benefit of explicitly foregrounding the multiple necessary levels of cultural competence<br />

praxis while also accounting for the ongoing, always-in-process nature of becoming culturally competent. The<br />

definition, moreover, informs the (2008) Supportive Housing and Diversity (SHAD) Toolkit and report on culturally<br />

competent best practice for supportive housing provision.<br />

A minority of cultural competence frameworks and definitions have tried to expand the meaning of cultural<br />

competence to more directly address issues and inequities of power. The American College of <strong>Health</strong> Association’s<br />

definition of cultural competence is exemplary in this respect (albeit remaining restricted to an individual-level of<br />

analysis). According to the ACHA:<br />

The term "cultural competency" refers to a long-term, developmental process that moves beyond "cultural<br />

awareness" (the knowledge about a particular group primarily gained through media resources and<br />

workshops) and "cultural sensitivity" (knowledge as well as some level of direct experience with a cultural<br />

group other than one's own). Cultural competency is an engaging, life-long journey of expanding your<br />

horizons, thinking critically about power and oppression, and behaving appropriately. Culturally<br />

competent individuals have a mixture of beliefs/attitudes, knowledge/experience, and skills that help them<br />

to establish trust/rapport and communicate effectively with others (Retrieved 29-01-2009 from<br />

http://www.acha.org/about_acha/culture_comp_alist.cfm; emphasis mine).<br />

This definition also depicts cultural competence as an ongoing process and continuum rather than destination that<br />

can be finally achieved or arrived at once and for all (Anand, 1999; see also Rosenjack Burchum, 2002; Campinha-<br />

Bacote, 1999). The literature contains several organizational developmental models of cultural competence outlining<br />

the evolutionary stages along this continuum (see Jordan, 1998; Wong, 2007; Anand, 1999). The cultural<br />

competence continuum model of Cross et al. (1989) remains the most formative among these.<br />

Another comprehensive definition of cultural competence, in terms of the scope of diversity groups mentioned, is<br />

the Child Welfare League of America’s definition which defines cultural competence as the “ability of individuals<br />

and systems to respond respectfully and effectively to people of all cultures, classes, races, ethnic<br />

backgrounds, sexual orientations, and faiths and religions, in a manner that recognizes, affirms, and values<br />

the worth of individuals, families and communities, and protects and preserves the dignity of each” (cited in<br />

Ontario Ministry of Children and Youth Services 2005 Achieving Cultural Competency). This definition is clearly<br />

articulated within a human rights moral-political idiom and a larger social service context. It is also distinguishable<br />

from most other cultural competence definitions and approaches by its attention to non-ethno-racial dimensions of<br />

cultural difference.<br />

In the clinical and nursing literatures, cultural competence is primarily defined in terms of individual competencies,<br />

attitudes, skills and behaviours (see Campinha-Bacote, 1999; Leininger, 1999; also see Haarmans, 2004 for<br />

summary of this literature). Jirwe et al. (2006), in this respect, describe cultural competence as “the multi-cultural<br />

knowledge base that nurses need, together with the ability to apply such knowledge in practice”. Bush (2000)<br />

likewise defines cultural competency as a “respect for, and understanding of, diverse ethnic and cultural groups,<br />

their histories, traditions, beliefs, and value systems” in the provision and delivery of services.<br />

Leong (1998) further distinguishes between cultural competence and “cross-cultural competence”, defining cultural<br />

competence as “[t]o be able to adapt and function effectively in one’s [own] culture.” (p.3; cited in Haarmans 2004).<br />

Leong makes the argument that what is really at issue in much of the cultural competence literature is “cross-cultural<br />

competence, i.e., the knowledge and skills to relate and communicate effectively with someone from another culture<br />

different from your own” (ibid.). Other theorists and scholars have argued that all encounters are cross-cultural in<br />

nature, due to the multiple axes of culture and difference (e.g. race, gender, class, sexual orientation, religion,<br />

differential abilities etc.) that culturally separate persons from one another in general, and the differing insights and<br />

aptitudes of clinicians and clients, in specific, owing to the formal training and education of the former (Dolhun,<br />

Munoz & Grumbach, 2003; APA, 2002; Tsang & George, 1998; Sue, 2001). Such training, critics suggest, amounts<br />

to a distinctive form of enculturation in itself.<br />

37


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Culture<br />

The term ‘culture’ in cultural competence is meant to “direct attention to the role that culture plays in shaping<br />

human behavior”, in particular, health related behaviours, practices and perceptions (Hernandez et al.,1998; citing<br />

Cross et al., 1989).<br />

Definitions of culture in the cultural competence literature vary surprisingly little, most relying on classical modern<br />

anthropological conceptions of culture which foreground ethnic and racial forms of cultural difference. Cross et al.’s<br />

(1989) definition of culture, which remains the most widely cited in the literature, is exemplary in this respect.<br />

They define culture as “the integrated pattern of human behavior that includes thoughts, communication<br />

styles, actions, customs, beliefs, values, and institutions of a racial, ethnic, religious or social group” (1989,<br />

p.13). The CLAS (Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Service) standards developed by the Office of Minority<br />

<strong>Health</strong> employ an almost identical definition. 11<br />

Other definitions of culture contained in the literature include:<br />

• “The learned, shared and transmitted values, beliefs, norms and life practices of a particular group of people”<br />

(Leininger & McFarland, 2002; cited in Jirwe et al., 2006)<br />

• “The structure of behaviors, ideas, attitudes, values, habits, beliefs, customs, language, rituals, ceremonies, and<br />

practices of a particular group of people that provides them with a general design for living and patterns for<br />

interpreting behavior” (US DHHS, 2001).<br />

• “An integrated pattern of learned beliefs and behaviors that can be shared among groups [that] includes<br />

thoughts, styles of communicating, ways of interacting, views on roles and relationships, values, practices, and<br />

customs” (Betancourt, 2002).<br />

• “The unique characteristics that all of us possess that distinguish us as individuals and identify us as belonging<br />

to a group or groups” (The GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group, 2008a).<br />

More often than not, despite references to groups in general in such definitions, non-ethnic and intra-ethnic forms of<br />

cultural difference go unexamined in cultural competence frameworks.<br />

Betancourt’s (2002) work is exceptional in this respect, to the extent that it regards culture as being “shaped by<br />

multiple influences, including race, ethnicity, nationality, language, and gender” as well as “extend[ing] to<br />

socioeconomic status, physical and mental ability, sexual orientation, and occupation, among other factors” (ibid.).<br />

Competence<br />

Competence is defined by the US DHHS as “having the knowledge, skills, and abilities to be effective in a<br />

particular area” (2001, p.2) or having attained a level of mastery (US DHHS, 2001, p. 3). In cross-cultural<br />

situations, competence implies “having the capacity to function effectively as an individual and an organization<br />

within the context of the cultural beliefs, behaviors, and needs presented by consumers and their communities”<br />

(OMH, 2001 [CLAS Standards]; Adapted from Cross, 1989). The International Council of Nurses defines<br />

competence as “a level of performance, which demonstrates effective application of knowledge, skills, attitudes and<br />

judgements” (ICN, 2005).<br />

Key Components of Cultural Competence<br />

The literature contains numerous portraits of what a culturally competent health care setting looks like and how it<br />

functions. In one of the few systematic reviews of the cultural competence literature, Anderson et al. (2003)<br />

conclude that a culturally competent healthcare setting should include an appropriate mix of:<br />

11<br />

Culture is defined in the CLAS standards as “integrated patterns of human behavior that include the language, thoughts, communications,<br />

actions, customs, beliefs, values, and institutions of racial, ethnic, religious, or social groups” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001).<br />

38


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• A culturally diverse staff that reflects the community(ies) served;<br />

• Providers or translators who speak the clients’ language(s);<br />

• Training for providers about the culture and language of the people they serve;<br />

• Signage and instructional literature in the clients’ language(s) and consistent with their cultural norms; and<br />

• Culturally specific healthcare settings.<br />

More locally, in the context of the LHINs, the GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group contend:<br />

• A local health integration network (LHIN) that is culturally competent establishes diversity as a corporate<br />

strategic priority; reflects the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion in its organizational culture; mirrors<br />

the community’s diversity in its governance and staffing; and cultivates inclusive relationships with<br />

communities.<br />

• Indicators of success for a diverse and culturally competent LHIN include commitment from the top, clarity on<br />

what needs to be changed; process internally managed, knowledge-based, and supported by training;<br />

commitment reflected in policies and procedures; goals action-oriented and measurable; resources targeted; and<br />

built-in accountability in action plan (2008a).<br />

Other key components of cultural competence are elaborated in the cultural competence frameworks discussed<br />

below.<br />

B. Cultural Competence Frameworks<br />

Cultural competence frameworks can be broken down into two main kinds: individual core competency-defined<br />

frameworks, and intervention-area/level/domain defined frameworks. Whereas the former are generally oriented<br />

towards individual health practitioners, outlining the core individual-level competencies comprising ‘cultural<br />

competency’, intervention-area/level/domain frameworks are generally oriented towards organizations and systemlevel<br />

players, outlining the key domains, areas and levels for health care organizational/system cultural competence<br />

intervention.<br />

The latter intervention frameworks can be further subdivided between those that are thematically organized and<br />

those that are organized by domains for culturally competent intervention I. Individual Competency-Defined<br />

Frameworks<br />

Sue et al. (1996) Tripartite Framework<br />

D. W. Sue, Ivey and Pederson (1996) developed the most widely cited cultural competence conceptual framework<br />

for outlining the specific nature of knowledge and skills required to become culturally competent at the individual<br />

health practitioner/counsellor level. Their conceptual scheme includes three general competency areas, defined more<br />

specifically in the context of counsellor-client relations:<br />

• Cultural awareness and beliefs, which pertains to “[p]rovider’s sensitivity to her or his personal values and<br />

biases and how these may influence perceptions of the client, client’s problem, and the counselling<br />

relationship”.<br />

• Cultural knowledge, which pertains to [c]ounsellor’s knowledge of the client’s culture, worldview, and<br />

expectations for the counselling relationship”; and<br />

• Cultural skills, which relates to “[c]ounsellor’s ability to intervene in a manner that is culturally sensitive and<br />

relevant” (Sue, 2006).<br />

This tripartite framework informs the American Psychological Association’s Multicultural Guidelines (2003) and<br />

numerous other cultural competency training modules and standards of culturally competent care (see Part III on<br />

Training and Haarmans, 2004 for more detailed elaboration of competencies within this tripartite framework).<br />

39


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Many variations of this framework appear in the literature (Campinha-Bacote, 1999; Rosenjack Burchum, 2002;<br />

Kim-Godwin et al., 2001). For instance, the American College <strong>Health</strong> Association (ACHA) elaborates the following<br />

individual competencies within the context of Sue et al.’s (1996) basic conceptual framework on their website.<br />

With regard to beliefs/attitudes, the culturally competent individual is:<br />

• Aware of and sensitive to her/his own cultural heritage and also respects and values different heritages;<br />

• Aware of her/his own values and biases and how they may affect the perception of other cultures;<br />

• Comfortable with differences that exist between her/his culture and other cultures' values and beliefs; and<br />

• Sensitive to circumstances (personal biases, ethnic identity, political influence, etc.) That may require seeking<br />

assistance from a member of a different culture when interacting with another member of that culture.<br />

With regard to knowledge, the culturally competent individual must:<br />

• Demonstrate good understanding of the power structure in society and how non-dominant groups are treated;<br />

• Acquire specific knowledge and information about the particular group(s) s/he is working with; and<br />

• Recognize institutional barriers that prevent members of disadvantaged groups from using organizational and<br />

societal resources.<br />

With regard to skills, the culturally competent individual must:<br />

• Generate a wide variety of verbal and nonverbal responses (body language) when communicating with<br />

individuals of different backgrounds or culture;<br />

• Send and receive both verbal and nonverbal messages accurately and appropriately; and<br />

• Intervene appropriately and advocate on behalf of individuals from different cultures (i.e., serve as an ally)<br />

(american college health association, 2009).<br />

The ACHA framework is distinguished by its attention to power relations in society and how this impacts upon<br />

client-clinician/health practitioner relations and interactions.<br />

Jirwe et al.’s (2006) Framework<br />

In their (2006) article, Jirwe, Gerrish, & Emami (2006) systematically reviewed and analysed the core competency<br />

components found in the nine most frequently cited theoretical frameworks of cultural competence in the nursing<br />

literature.<br />

The nine reviewed frameworks originated from three different continents: seven from the USA, one from the United<br />

Kingdom and one from New Zealand (in many ways representing the global distribution of such cultural<br />

competence frameworks).<br />

Synthesizing the core cultural competencies elaborated in these nine theoretical frameworks, Jirwe et al. identify<br />

four main recurring themes relating to cultural competence. These include:<br />

1. An awareness of diversity among human beings: Under this theme, two underlying sub-themes are<br />

identified: (A) Awareness of Oneself and; (B) Awareness of the Other.<br />

2. An ability to care for individuals: In this theme, three underlying sub-themes are identified: (A) to be<br />

skilled in performing cultural assessments, (B) to be knowledgeable about other cultures, and (C) to be able<br />

to meet specific cultural needs.<br />

3. Non-judgmental openness for all individuals: This competency revolves around the health practitioners’<br />

“willingness to overcome prejudices and ethnocentrism and [demonstrate] a genuine interest in people from<br />

other cultures” informed by a sense of equality, empathy and sensitivity.<br />

40


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

4. Enhancing cultural competence as a long-term continuous process: This theme depicts cultural<br />

competence as a step-by-step process where the health practitioner becomes culturally aware and makes an<br />

ongoing effort to continuously develop and improve his/her knowledge.<br />

II. Domain-Organized Intervention Frameworks<br />

Betancourt et al. Framework for Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Care (2002)<br />

One of the most widely cited cultural competence intervention frameworks in the literature is that developed by<br />

Betancourt, Green & Carrillo in their (2002) report for the Commonwealth Fund, Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong><br />

Care: Emerging Frameworks and Practical Approaches. This (2002) report identifies various models of culturally<br />

competent care, all of which, they argue, are ultimately aimed at improving the quality of health care for all.<br />

The framework organizing Betancourt et al.’s report is distinguished by its attention to, and description of, the key<br />

components of culturally competent care at three operational levels of intervention: clinical cultural competence,<br />

organizational cultural competence and system cultural competence.<br />

Below some of the recommendations offered by Betancourt et al. within this framework are elaborated.<br />

(1) Clinical Cultural Competence<br />

To attain clinical cultural competence, health care providers must: (1) be made aware of the impact of social and<br />

cultural factors on health beliefs and behaviors; (2) be equipped with the tools and skills to manage these factors<br />

appropriately through training and education; and (3) empower their patients to be more of an active partner in the<br />

medical encounter. Organizations can do this through:<br />

• Cross-cultural training as a required, integrated component of the training and professional development of<br />

health care providers;<br />

• Quality improvement efforts that include culturally and linguistically appropriate patient survey methods and<br />

the development of process and outcome measures that reflect the needs of multicultural and minority<br />

populations; and<br />

• Programs to educate patients on how to navigate the health care system and become an active participant in<br />

their care (Betancourt et al., 2002, p.x).<br />

(2) Organizational Cultural Competence<br />

To achieve organizational cultural competence within the health care leadership and workforce, it is important to<br />

maximize diversity. This may be accomplished through:<br />

• Establishing programs for minority health care leadership development and strengthening existing programs.<br />

The desired result is a core of professionals who may assume influential positions in academia, government, and<br />

private industry.<br />

• Hiring and promoting minorities in the health care workforce.<br />

• Involving community representatives in the health care organization’s planning and quality improvement<br />

meetings (Betancourt et al., 2002, p.viii).<br />

(3) System Cultural Competence<br />

To achieve systemic cultural competence (e.g., in the structures of the health care system) it is essential to address<br />

such initiatives as conducting community assessments, developing mechanisms for community and patient<br />

feedback, implementing systems for patient racial/ethnic and language preference data collection, developing quality<br />

measures for diverse patient populations, and ensuring culturally and linguistically appropriate health education<br />

materials and health promotion and disease prevention interventions.<br />

41


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Programs to achieve systemic cultural competence may include:<br />

• Making on-site interpreter services available in health care settings with significant populations of limited-<br />

English-proficiency (LEP) patients. Other kinds of interpreter services should be used in settings with smaller<br />

LEP populations or limited financial or human resources.<br />

• Developing health information for patients that is written at the appropriate literacy level and is targeted to the<br />

language and cultural norms of specific populations.<br />

• Requiring large health care purchasers to include systemic cultural competence interventions as part of<br />

their contracting language.<br />

• Identifying and implementing federal and state reimbursement strategies for interpreter services. Title VI<br />

legislation mandating the provision of interpreter services in health care should be enforced and institutions held<br />

accountable for substandard services [see International Policy section 3.2. on the US for elaboration of content<br />

and import of US’ Title VI legislation]<br />

• Using research tools to detect medical errors due to lack of systemic cultural competence, including those due to<br />

language barriers.<br />

• Incorporating standards for measuring systemic cultural competence into standards used by the Joint<br />

Commission on Accreditation of <strong>Health</strong>care Organizations (JCAHO) and by the National Committee for<br />

Quality Assurance (NCQA) [see Accountability section for more on this].<br />

• Collecting race/ethnicity and language preference data for all beneficiaries, members, and clinical encounters in<br />

programs sponsored by the federal government and private organizations. The data should be used to monitor<br />

racial and ethnic disparities in health care delivery, for reporting to the public, and for quality improvement<br />

initiatives (Betancourt et al., 2002, p.ix).<br />

The Registered Nurse’s Association of Ontario’s (RNAO) recent (2007) publication, Embracing Cultural Diversity<br />

in <strong>Health</strong> Care: Developing Cultural Competence is similarly organized – in a manner resembling Betancourt et<br />

al.’s (2002) framework - by three main levels or contexts for culturally competent care and analysis.<br />

Each of these levels or ‘contexts’ for culturally competent care form a chapter containing various recommendations<br />

and guidelines based on a review of best and ‘promising practice’. 12 The chapters include:<br />

• Individual Context: Best Cultural Competence Practices;<br />

• Organizational Context: Best Cultural Competence Practices for Employers and Unions; and<br />

• External Context: Best Cultural Competence Practices for Academia, Governments and Regulators, and<br />

Professional Association.<br />

Betancourt et al.’s (2002) framework was among the first to systematically elaborate such organizational and<br />

system-level cultural competencies based on existing evidence. Such attention to systems-levels analyses of cultural<br />

competence remains a fairly recent but growing development. Other notable system-level approaches to cultural<br />

competence include:<br />

• Cross et al.’s (1989) pioneering “Towards a Culturally Competent System of Care”;<br />

• Hayes-Bautista (2003), “Research on culturally competent healthcare systems”;<br />

• Anderson et al.’s (2003), “Culturally competent healthcare systems: A systematic review”; Pumariega et al.’s<br />

(2005), “Culturally Competent Systems of Care for Children’s Mental <strong>Health</strong>”;<br />

• Pyles & Kim’s (2006), “A Multilevel Approach to Cultural Competence”;<br />

12 The guidelines aim ‘to help nurses, employers and those in the broader system understand the urgency of the need to act [on cultural<br />

competence], and to suggest directions based on evidence’ (RNAO, 2007, p.56).<br />

42


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Cashin et al.’s (2006), “Transformation of the California Mental <strong>Health</strong> System”;<br />

• Dreachslin et al.’s (2007), “A Systems Approach to Culturally and Linguistically Competent Care”;<br />

• Chrisman’s (2007), “Extending Cultural Competence Through Systems Change”’;<br />

• The California Endowment’s (2007) Conference Summary Report, “Building Culturally Competent <strong>Health</strong><br />

Systems in California”;<br />

• Conviser’s (2007), “Catalyzing System Changes to Make HIV Care More Accessible”; and<br />

• Jean Lau Chin’s (2002), “Assessment of Cultural Competence in Mental <strong>Health</strong> Systems of Care for Asian<br />

Americans”.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration’s (2002) Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment<br />

Framework<br />

Many of the cultural competence intervention frameworks are designed with organizational self-evaluation purposes<br />

in mind.<br />

In 2002, the <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Service Administration (HRSA) of the U.S. Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human<br />

Services embarked upon an ambitious project with three main objectives in mind. These included “to: 1) develop an<br />

analytic framework for assessing cultural competence in health care delivery organizations; 2) identify specific<br />

indicators that can be used in connection with this framework; and 3) assess the utility, feasibility and practical<br />

application of the framework and its indicators” (HSRA, 2002). 13<br />

The project culminated in the production of An Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment Profile which<br />

was the end result of an extensive literature review, consultation with a Technical Expert Panel of cultural<br />

competence specialists and practitioners, and research findings from site visits to best practice settings for cultural<br />

competence in health care settings.<br />

Building upon previous work in the field, including most notably the (2001) National Standards for Culturally and<br />

Linguistically Appropriate Services (see CLAS framework below), the Assessment Profile is designed to function as<br />

an “analytic or organizing framework and set of specific indicators to be used as a tool for examining,<br />

demonstrating, and documenting cultural competence in organizations involved in the direct delivery of health care<br />

and services” (HRSA 2002).<br />

The Assessment Profile has three major components: 1) domains of cultural competence; 2) focus areas within<br />

domains; and 3) indicators relating to focus areas, by type of indicator.<br />

Domains and Focus Areas<br />

Seven domains – i.e. ‘performance areas’ or ‘critical arenas or spheres in which cultural competence should be<br />

evident or manifest in an organization’ – are identified in this assessment framework:<br />

• Organizational Values: An organization's perspective and attitudes with respect to the worth and importance<br />

of cultural competence, and its commitment to provide culturally competent care.<br />

• Governance: The goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight vehicles an organization uses to help ensure<br />

the delivery of culturally competent care.<br />

• Planning and Monitoring/Evaluation: The mechanisms and processes used for: a) long- and short-term<br />

policy, programmatic, and operational cultural competence planning that is informed by external and internal<br />

consumers; and b) the systems and activities needed to proactively track and assess an organization's level of<br />

cultural competence.<br />

13 The HRSA’s (2002) cultural competence assessment project was implemented through a contract with The Lewin Group, Inc. with input and<br />

oversight from the HRSA's Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> and Office of Planning and Evaluation.<br />

43


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Communication: The exchange of information between the organization/providers and the clients/population,<br />

and internally among staff, in ways that promote cultural competence.<br />

• Staff Development: An organization's efforts to ensure staff and other service providers have the requisite<br />

attitudes, knowledge and skills for delivering culturally competent services.<br />

• Organizational Infrastructure: The organizational resources required to deliver or facilitate delivery of<br />

culturally competent services.<br />

• Services/Interventions: An organization's delivery or facilitation of clinical, public-health, and health related<br />

services in a culturally competent manner (SAMHSA Assessment Tool developed by The Lewin Group, 2002;<br />

Retrieved on January 12, 2009 from http://captus.samhsa.gov/national/resources/resources.cfm)<br />

Within each of these domains, ‘focus areas’ are identified, i.e. ‘substantive topic areas’ within a domain that<br />

comprise more specific arenas to examine for evidence of cultural competence’ and from which to develop<br />

indicators. These domains and their corresponding focus areas are outlined in Box 2.1 below:<br />

44


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 2.1: Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment Profile: Domains and Focus Areas<br />

DOMAIN<br />

FOCUS AREAS<br />

Organizational Values:<br />

An organization's perspective and attitudes<br />

regarding the worth and importance of cultural<br />

competence, and its commitment to providing<br />

culturally competent care.<br />

• Leadership, Investment and<br />

Documentation<br />

• Information/Data Relevant to Cultural<br />

Competence<br />

• Organizational Flexibility<br />

Governance:<br />

The goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight<br />

vehicles an organization uses to help ensure the<br />

delivery of culturally competent care. "<br />

• Community Involvement and<br />

Accountability<br />

• Board Development<br />

• Policies<br />

Planning and Monitoring/Evaluation:<br />

The mechanisms and processes used for: a) longand<br />

short-term policy, programmatic, and operational<br />

cultural competence planning that is informed by<br />

external and internal consumers; and b) the systems<br />

and activities needed to proactively track and assess<br />

an organization's level of cultural competence.<br />

• Client, Community and Staff Input<br />

• Plans and Implementation<br />

• Collection and Use of Cultural<br />

Competence-Related Information/Data<br />

Communication:<br />

The exchange of information between the<br />

organization/providers and the clients/population,<br />

and internally among staff, in ways that promote<br />

cultural competence.<br />

• Understanding of Different Communication<br />

Needs and Styles of Client Population<br />

• Culturally Competent Oral Communication<br />

• Culturally Competent Written/Other<br />

Communication<br />

• Communication with Community<br />

• Intra-Organizational Communication<br />

Staff Development:<br />

An organization's efforts to ensure staff and other<br />

service providers have the requisite attitudes,<br />

knowledge and skills for delivering culturally<br />

competent services.<br />

• Training Commitment<br />

• Training Content<br />

• Staff Performance<br />

Organizational Infrastructure:<br />

The organizational resources required to deliver or<br />

facilitate delivery of culturally competent services<br />

• Financial/Budgetary<br />

• Staffing<br />

• Technology<br />

• Physical Facility/Environment<br />

• Linkages<br />

Services/Interventions:<br />

An organization's delivery or facilitation of clinical,<br />

public-health, and health related services in a<br />

culturally competent manner.<br />

• Client/Family/Community Input<br />

• Screening/Assessment/Care Planning<br />

• Treatment/Follow-up<br />

45


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

The HRSA project team moreover identified more specific indicators of cultural competence in health care delivery<br />

organizations in relation to these domains and focus areas. The indicators are classified into four types: 1) structure<br />

indicators, 2) process indicators, 3) output indicators, and 4) intermediate outcome indicators. 14<br />

As indicators, these are designed to “directly answer the question: ‘How can cultural competence be monitored and<br />

assessed?’ by identifying the specific items on which information is to be gathered” (HSRA, 2002).<br />

A grid chart, developed by the HRSA, aligning these four kinds of indicators with the abovementioned domains and<br />

focus areas is elaborated in <strong>Appendix</strong> 1.<br />

Such performance assessment and evaluation frameworks are in line with more recent ‘diversity management’<br />

trends in North America, which seek to embed and mainstream diversity issues and competencies within the core<br />

operations and strategic functions of organizations (as opposed to the tendency of older approaches to silo diversity<br />

within human resources departments, in the hands of specialists).<br />

Among the numerous intervention frameworks geared towards cultural competence organizational self-assessment<br />

are:<br />

• The GTA Diversity and LHIN’s Working Group’s (2008) “A Diversity Self-Assessment Tool for <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong><br />

Integration Networks;<br />

• Olavarria et al.,’s (2005), “Organizational Cultural Competence: Self-Assessment Tools for Community <strong>Health</strong><br />

and Social Service Organizations”;<br />

• Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory Committee of Ministry for Children and Families (1998) “Cultural<br />

Competency Assessment Tool”; and<br />

• SHAD’s (2008) Home for All: How to make supportive housing more culturally competent and anti-oppressive.<br />

Thematically Organized Intervention Frameworks<br />

Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>’s (2001) CLAS Standards Framework<br />

A third class of cultural competence intervention frameworks in the literature are distinguished by their organization<br />

around themes for intervention, which are designed to inform action across organisational/system domains.<br />

The Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>’s (2001) National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services<br />

(CLAS) in <strong>Health</strong>care is a primary example of such a thematically organized framework for guiding health<br />

interventions.<br />

The 14 standards proposed therein are organized by three broad themes:<br />

14 Defining indicators as “the particular observable or measurable characteristics of an organization that signify cultural competence”, the HRSA<br />

further elaborate the specific content of these four different kinds of indicators. As they explain:<br />

Structure indicators are used to assess an organization's capability to support cultural competence through adequate and appropriate<br />

settings, instrumentalities, and infrastructure, including staffing, facilities and equipment, financial resources, information systems,<br />

governance and administrative structures, and other features related to the organizational context in which services are provided.<br />

Process indicators are used to assess the content and quality of activities, procedures, methods, and interventions in the practice of<br />

culturally competent care and in support of such care.<br />

Output indicators are used to assess immediate results of culturally competent policies, procedures, and services that can lead to<br />

achieving positive outcomes.<br />

Intermediate outcome indicators are used to assess the contribution of cultural competence to the achievement of intermediate<br />

objectives relating to the provision of care, the response to care, and the results of care (2002).<br />

46


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Culturally Competent Care (Standards 1-3);<br />

• Language Access Services (Standards 4-7); and<br />

• Organizational Supports for Cultural Competence (Standards 8-14).<br />

The specific standards within these three themes are elaborated in Section 4.3 (see Box 4.3 for listing of CLAS<br />

standards). Standards 1-7 address interventions that have the most direct impact on clinical care while Standards 8-<br />

14 address organizational structures, policies and processes that support the implementation of these.<br />

Joint Commission’s (2008) ‘One Size Does Not Fit All’ Framework (Hospitals, Language, Culture Study)<br />

Another good recent example of a thematically organized intervention framework is that elaborated in the Joint<br />

Commission’s (2008) recent report, One Size Does not Fit All: Meeting the <strong>Health</strong> Care Needs of Diverse<br />

Populations.<br />

The Report, authored by Wilson-Stronks et al. (2008), draws on the findings of the Hospitals, Language, and<br />

Culture (HLC) study. This study set out to better understand how the challenges associated with cultural and<br />

language (C&L) barriers are being addressed at 60 hospitals across the country, and to initiate the development of<br />

the first ever hospital accreditation standards for culturally and linguistically appropriate health care.<br />

The recommendations of the One Size Does not Fit All Report may eventually become officially adopted as (or<br />

translated into) standards that are required for hospital’s to get accreditation from the Joint Commission on<br />

Accreditation of <strong>Health</strong>care Organizations (see Section 5.2 for more on growing role of accreditation agencies in<br />

healthcare quality assurance of culturally competent care).<br />

The thematic framework developed in One Size Does Not Fit All is derived from current best practices that hospitals<br />

are employing to provide care and services to their diverse patient populations. This framework is presented below<br />

in Figure 2.12.<br />

47


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 2.12: One Size Does Not Fit All Framework<br />

Source: One Size Does Not Fit All. Retrieved January 24, 2009 from<br />

http://www.jointcommission.org/NR/rdonlyres/5AA54D85-0879-4C29-<br />

B5171241365581AF/0/One_Size_Report_One_Pager.pdf<br />

Wilson-Stronks et al. (2008) provide a host of recommended actions within these four themes, which are briefly<br />

summarized as follows:<br />

Theme 1: Building a Foundation<br />

• Establishing a foundation of policies and procedures that systemically support cultural competence is a crucial<br />

component of meeting the needs of diverse patient populations. The role of leadership is inherent to these types<br />

of activities — leadership support is required to recognize, prioritize, and often drive efforts that establish<br />

policies and procedures to improve care and to better meet patient needs.<br />

• Integrating C&L [Culture and Language] considerations into organizational policy and procedure requires a<br />

demonstration of commitment. Without an organizational commitment to cultural competence and<br />

subsequent action at the policy and procedure level, these initiatives can often be over-shadowed by other<br />

organizational priorities. In order to resolve challenges such as lack of funding and resources for C&L services,<br />

it is important for organizations to clarify their commitment to providing culturally competent care by creating a<br />

supportive infrastructure of policies and procedures that help staff put these ideals into action.<br />

Theme 2: Collecting and Using Data to Improve Services<br />

• The collection and use of community- and patient-level data is essential to developing and improving services<br />

in health care, including services developed to meet the needs of diverse patient populations. Instituting<br />

practices to systematically collect data allows the effectiveness and utilization of C&L services to be monitored,<br />

measured, and evaluated. This can be useful for planning so that services can be designed to meet the specific<br />

needs of the organization.<br />

• While many hospitals across the United States already collect community- and patient-level data, few hospitals<br />

have developed systems for using them to guide service development and improvement. A thorough<br />

understanding of the need for C&L services, dependable information regarding the use of those services, and<br />

the usefulness of those data to improve C&L services can all contribute to a hospital’s ability to identify and<br />

monitor health disparities and provide safe, quality health care to culturally and linguistically diverse patients.<br />

The data collected may also be used to inform short- and long-term organizational planning, help develop C&Lspecific<br />

services and programs, and identify limitations in staffing and resources that collaborative partnerships<br />

may alleviate.<br />

Theme 3: Accommodating the Needs of Specific Populations<br />

• Accommodating the needs of specific populations includes practices aimed at providing safe, quality care and<br />

decreasing health disparities for particular populations in the service community. Accommodations targeted to<br />

48


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

the needs of specific populations evolve as hospitals search for solutions to the challenges of providing care to<br />

their diverse patients.<br />

• To ensure organizations meet changing staff and patient needs, the development of services and activities<br />

tailored for specific populations should be a continuous process. While the practices outlined in this chapter<br />

show positive steps toward the delivery of culturally and linguistically appropriate care, they also indicate the<br />

complicated reality of the long road ahead. Although knowledge, field experience, and technology have<br />

improved the delivery of C&L services, hospitals need to consider the balance between convenience, cost,<br />

patient safety, and quality.<br />

Theme 4: Establishing Internal and External Collaborations<br />

• Collaborative practices encompass those that bring together multiple departments, organizations, providers, and<br />

individuals to achieve objectives related to culturally and linguistically appropriate care. Within each hospital,<br />

different stakeholders should be brought together to develop, implement, evaluate, and improve initiatives<br />

aimed at meeting the needs of diverse patients. External collaborations can help hospitals engage their<br />

community and share information and resources.<br />

• Collaboration, whether internal or external, may provide new avenues for hospitals currently undertaking<br />

cultural competence initiatives. There is no doubt that collaboration needs to play a role in all the practices<br />

outlined in this report. Building active relationships with cultural brokers, traditional healers, chaplains,<br />

religious leaders, and other individuals may enhance and extend the hospital’s existing C&L services. While<br />

collaborative efforts come with their own challenges, building partnerships that bring together the champions of<br />

culturally and linguistically appropriate care has the potential to move the entire field forward.<br />

2.4 STRENGTHS AND LIMITATIONS OF RESPECTIVE FRAMEWORKS<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks<br />

Strengths<br />

A particular strength of the health equity frameworks discussed in this literature review are their promotion of<br />

holistic understandings of ‘health’ and ‘health status’ which enables them to suggest a wider range of health<br />

promotion and prevention-based, remedial policy interventions beyond traditional medical model approaches<br />

concentrating solely on treating individual illness in healthcare contexts.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks engagement with health equity issues at the population level of analysis in these respects<br />

is also critical to redressing structural inequities between social groupings in society, as this impacts upon health<br />

status, within and beyond healthcare service contexts.<br />

Another particular strength of the health equity frameworks discussed here is their strong evidence-base, informed<br />

by various causal models of the determinants of health and health in/equity. Such causal models not only provide<br />

and suggest empirically and theoretically defensible sites for policy intervention and collaboration, on the basis of<br />

empirical evidence, they also lend themselves to more realistic and objective assessments of what healthcare equityfocused<br />

interventions may achieve in preventing and alleviating health disparities, appreciating the constraints<br />

imposed by various ‘upstream’ determinants of health.<br />

Limitations<br />

One of the difficulties or challenges of adopting a health equity framework that considers (if not foregrounds)<br />

broader social determinants of health, from the perspective of the healthcare sector, is the fact that many of these<br />

social determinants of health inequity are beyond the direct control of the healthcare sector (Benzeval et al., 1995).<br />

Addressing broader social determinants of health effectively, moreover, often requires considerable intersectoral<br />

collaboration (for example, through ‘whole-of-government’ approaches and strategies). This, in turn, can pose many<br />

49


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

challenges due to the sectoral frameworks within which governments are designed and accustomed to operating in<br />

(see WHO, 2008, p.111; PHAC, 2007; PHAC & WHO, 2008). Such whole-of-government approaches, moreover,<br />

where these do exist in practice, most often require coordination at the highest levels of government.<br />

Another challenge of the more ‘evidence-based’ health equity models and frameworks employing causal models of<br />

health in/equity revolves around the contested nature of ‘causes’ and ‘evidence’ in the literature. As the WHO<br />

reports in the former respect:<br />

By their nature many of the social determinants considered by the Commission are relatively distant,<br />

spatially and temporally, from individuals and health experience. This is challenging, both conceptually<br />

and empirically, when trying to attribute causality and demonstrate effectiveness of action on health equity<br />

(2008, p. 42).<br />

Part of the challenge of evidence-based approaches in this respect is what kinds of evidence are considered to<br />

‘count’ in the scientific literature (too often, critics argue, only experimental quantitative evidence that can be<br />

counted). Many ‘upstream’ determinants of health, such as global or national economic arrangements and social<br />

policies, however, do not lend themselves to randomized controlled trials etc. Applying overly strict and narrow<br />

rules of evidence in this respect could lead to many of the most important health determinants falling off the<br />

analytical radar.<br />

When it comes to suggesting appropriate intervention strategies, moreover, health equity frameworks and models<br />

have less of an evidence-base to stand on. This is in no small part due to the dearth of existing research evaluating<br />

the impact and effectiveness of various kinds of health equity interventions on the ground (Exworthy et al., 2006;<br />

Gardner, 2008a; Mackenbach et al., 2002a). 15<br />

Theoretically informed, evidence-based health equity models and frameworks, moreover, have to guard against<br />

being too complex for policy-makers to understand, as this will inhibit effective translation into policy interventions.<br />

Those health equity frameworks complementing their theoretical causal models with corresponding practical<br />

intervention frameworks, in this respect (e.g. WHO 2008; New Zealand Min of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002), hold out the most<br />

promise and potential, since they already provide guidance on this translation from theoretical models to sites for<br />

policy intervention.<br />

Many of the identified causes of health inequity in such frameworks and models, moreover, are of a more politically<br />

contentious nature, since they ultimately rely on normative theories of differentiating just from unjust social<br />

arrangements and health outcomes. Scientific ‘evidence’, in this respect, is no substitute for ethics. Some of the<br />

health equity frameworks are thin on the ethical bases of their commitments.<br />

Finally, many of the health equity frameworks encountered in the literature focus near exclusively on socioeconomic<br />

status as a bases for health in/equity, failing to take adequate stock of intersecting dimensions of social<br />

exclusion and health inequity such as race, ethnicity, gender, and sexual orientation (Galabuzi & Labonte, 2002).<br />

15 
Mackenbach et al.’s (2002a) survey of the field of health inequalities remains very much true to this day in this respect:<br />

most publications about socioeconomic inequalities in health have focused on the description of socioeconomic inequalities in health in<br />

countries, comparisons between countries and the explanation of these inequalities. From these studies we have learnt much about<br />

the different factors which influence socioeconomic inequalities in health. However, in practice it seems hard to translate these factors<br />

into interventions in health.<br />

50


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

The (2004) Discussion paper of the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group for Public <strong>Health</strong> Canada, for instance,<br />

commendably recommends examining the health status of Aboriginal peoples, single mothers in poverty, women,<br />

homeless people, and refugees, but lacks a more explicit ethno-racial lens of analyses.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong>care Frameworks<br />

Strengths<br />

Forming a bridge between health equity and healthcare equity frameworks, health equity in healthcare framework<br />

have the benefit of keeping within their analytical and strategic purview determinants of health and health inequity<br />

that lie beyond the healthcare system, and employing such analyses to effectively and creatively inform appropriate<br />

(holistic, prevention-based) strategies to address such inequities within the healthcare system (as illustrated in<br />

Gardner’s many recommendations which share a holistic, community-empowerment perspective focusing<br />

‘upstream’ on prevention and health promotion).<br />

In concerning themselves with the broad determinants of health status, yet from the situated standpoint of the<br />

healthcare system, and what it can do to reduce inequities in health status, health equity in healthcare frameworks<br />

have the added appeal and benefit of being more easily operationalized within local/regional healthcare contexts and<br />

settings such as the LHINs.<br />

Limitations<br />

The two health equity in healthcare frameworks engaged in this literature review did not explicitly base themselves<br />

upon any etiological model or evidence-base of the causes of health in/equity and the most effective solutions.<br />

While these frameworks (e.g. Gardner, 2008a) offer many concrete recommendations for LHINs action, it would be<br />

useful to more explicitly wed such intervention frameworks to a more self-consciously elaborated, evidence-based,<br />

conceptual framework and model.<br />

<strong>Health</strong>care Equity Frameworks<br />

Strengths<br />

<strong>Health</strong>care equity frameworks taking a more narrow and focused approach on healthcare inequities have, as a<br />

particular strength, their ‘do-ability’ and ‘translatability’ into action in and by the healthcare sector.<br />

Cultural competence frameworks – the main form of healthcare equity frameworks discussed in this review - are<br />

particularly commendable for their close attention to the ways in which cross-cultural dynamics within healthcare<br />

settings can seriously and negatively impact upon the accessibility and quality of healthcare services received by<br />

cultural minorities (Registered Nurses Association of Ontario, 2007; Stampino, 2007; Simich et al., 2006; Basok,<br />

2007).<br />

Cultural competence frameworks have as a particular strength their close attention to the cultural ingredients of<br />

successful interpersonal relations, exchanges, and communication, all of which are critical to successful, patientcentred,<br />

health outcomes in healthcare contexts.<br />

In plural, immigrant-based, multicultural societies such as Ontario, where there is a significant level of ethnocultural<br />

diversity, cultural competence frameworks may be of particular use, given their focus on inter-ethnic<br />

relations.<br />

Limitations<br />

<strong>Health</strong>care equity frameworks have been critiqued for failing to consider and engage the most important and<br />

consequential determinants of health that are situated ‘upstream’ from the healthcare sector. Though not within the<br />

direct control of the healthcare sector, critics argue that the healthcare sector can play a lead role in advancing and<br />

advocating a more holistic approach to health that better addresses and accounts for the broader social determinants<br />

51


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

of health upstream from the healthcare sector (Gardner, 2008a; Raphael & Bryant, 2006; Exworthy & Washington,<br />

2006; Lettner, 2008a; Jain, 2007; Rachlis, 2008).<br />

By focusing analyses and solutions exclusively on healthcare service inequities, critics argue, healthcare equity<br />

frameworks limit themselves to improving the treatment of individual illness in healthcare service contexts<br />

(precluding more preventative, population-level interventions as afforded, for instance, by a population-health<br />

perspective) (Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />

As Mackenbach et al. argue, such ‘downstream’ healthcare focused solutions and interventions “can never totally<br />

eliminate the problem, because people will have to fall ill before [better] healthcare can repair the damage”<br />

(2002b).<br />

Research consistently shows, moreover, the relatively minor role played by health care in explaining health<br />

disparities. Exworthy et al. (2006) for instance cites research attributing to healthcare inequities “perhaps only 10<br />

percent to 15 percent of the variation in health outcomes among different groups” (see also Adler et al., 1993;<br />

McGinnis, Williams-Russo, and Knickman, 2002). Policy intervention frameworks focusing exclusively on<br />

healthcare inequities, in this light, provide limited potential for fundamentally reducing inequities in health status.<br />

Cultural competence frameworks, more specifically, have often been critiqued for their:<br />

• Neglect of broader structural, socio-economic determinants of health and inattention to inequities of power<br />

more generally, as these impact upon health and heath care (Raphael & Bryant 2006; Kumas et al., 2007;<br />

Sakamoto 2007);<br />

• Neglect of supra-individual, systemic levels of analyses (Sakamoto 2007);<br />

• Perpetuation of cultural stereotypes and cultural essentialism, in part due to a reliance on static and<br />

homogenising concepts of culture that fail to adequately account for cultural hybridity (‘cross culture’), fluidity,<br />

and intersectionality (Engerbretson et al., 2008; Turner, 2008; Carpenter-Song et al., 2007; Kumas et al., 2007;<br />

Wong et al., 2003);<br />

• Faulty epistemological premises depicting culture as a stable object of knowledge that can be known and<br />

‘mastered’ (which, critics suggest, can result in a lack of ‘cultural humility’ towards ‘others’) (Wong et al.,<br />

2003; Tervalon and Garcia, 1998)<br />

• Narrow focus on racial and ethnic dimensions of ‘culture’ and failure to account for and conceptualize other<br />

intersecting cultural identities, patterns and experiences (SHAD, 2008; Raphael & Bryant, 2006)<br />

• Lack of evidence-base substantiating the positive impact of cultural competence interventions on the ground<br />

(Beach et al., 2006; Anderson et al., 2003; Whitley, 2007); and<br />

• Abstract postulations which lack operational specificity or translatability (Sue, 2006).<br />

Counterexamples, nevertheless, can be found for each of these critiques demonstrating the continuing evolution and<br />

maturation of the cultural competence literature.<br />

2.5 RECOMMENDED FEATURES OF A HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORK<br />

Key features of a health equity framework recommended based on this review of the literature are listed below:<br />

• Combines an evidence-based conceptual model of the causes/determinants of health and health in/equity with a<br />

practical intervention framework (e.g. New Zealand’s Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> and the<br />

WHO’s Closing the Gap Framework). Conceptual models most useful to policy-making balance conflicting<br />

priorities: they help to illuminate the multiple relevant causal pathways for health in/equity and entry points for<br />

intervention, on the one hand (i.e. integrated models), yet, are not too complex for policy-makers and the wider<br />

public to understand, on the other hand (Mackenbach, 2002a);<br />

52


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Concerned with health status, broadly conceived, yet from the situated standpoint of the healthcare system and<br />

its strategic levers of power (e.g. the health equity in healthcare approach of Gardner, 2008; Rachlis, 2008);<br />

• Patient-centred, addressing and incorporating issues of cultural and linguistic competence as a fundamental<br />

healthcare quality and access issue. ‘Culture’, however, should be broadly construed to include and address<br />

intersecting forms of cultural difference beyond ethnicity (e.g. addressing cultural differences relating to age,<br />

gender identity, class, geography etc.). It is also important that cultural-linguistic competence approaches<br />

engage issues of power inequity, as these impact social and cultural relations, e.g. race/racism, gender/sexism,<br />

socio-economic marginalization etc.<br />

3.0 HEATH EQUITY POLICIES<br />

The following section examines some of the key terms of debates in the health equity policy literature (section 3.1),<br />

before surveying international health equity policy trends (section 3.2) and drawing out some of the key lessons<br />

from international health equity policy experiences, successes and failures (section 3.3).<br />

3.1 KEY POLICY DEBATES<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity policy debate revolves primarily around five main areas: Justification, Objectives, Scope, Use of<br />

Evidence, and Strategic Options & Priorities. This section draws extensively on the framework of analyses of<br />

Mackenbach et al (2002b), which elucidates many of the key debates in these respects. <strong>Health</strong> equity policy-makers<br />

would do well to consider and clearly articulate positions within these five fields of debate, taking cognisance of<br />

existing policy trends and variations in these respects.<br />

Justification<br />

The first critical question any health equity policy must address is why should health inequities be reduced in the<br />

first place? What is the justification and rationale for committing public resources to this goal?<br />

Mackenbach et al. (2002b) discern two main justifications in the health equity policies they reviewed:<br />

1. Because inequalities in health contradict values of fairness and justice; and<br />

2. Because reducing inequalities in health may lead to better average health in the population as a whole.<br />

These varying justifications for health inequity policy are discussed below.<br />

I. Because inequalities in health contradict values of fairness and justice<br />

The first justification begs the question of how one decides which health distributions in a population are unfair. In<br />

other words, as earlier discussed, what health differences are health inequities. This is where ones definition of<br />

health inequity becomes essential, as it can help to clarify the issue from the beginning, as exemplified in<br />

Whitehead’s earlier definition of health inequities as unequal distributions of health that are avoidable, unnecessary<br />

and unfair.<br />

However, even such a seemingly precise definition of health inequity begs the further question of the specific ethical<br />

premises informing the inevitably normative nature of such judgements distinguishing fair and unfair health<br />

disparities (see Section 1.1. and Table 1.1 for more on normative nature of such judgements). In their article, ‘Ethics<br />

frameworks in Canadian health policies: Foundation, scaffolding, or window dressing’, Giacomini et al. (2009)<br />

consider a range of definitions and ethical justifications for commitments to health equity (see for example Table<br />

53


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

3.1), and take Canadian policy-makers to task for failing to sufficiently elaborate clearer ethical foundations for<br />

health equity policies. 16<br />

Table 3.1: Different interpretations of the same ethical ideal: “Equity”<br />

(a) “Equity: access to health services should be based on need and need alone, not on other factors such as wealth, origin,<br />

the region where people live, their gender or age” (Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada, 2002, p. 48).<br />

(b) “Equity: all Canadians are equally entitled to access our health system based on health needs, not ability to pay” (ibid., p.<br />

50).<br />

(c) “Equity: no one should face financial hardship because of illness, disease or disability. Wealth should not be able to buy<br />

better treatment, higher-quality care or a better chance at a cure” (British Columbia Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Planning, 2002,<br />

p. 15).<br />

(d) “Equity: every person has a fair opportunity to attain his/her full health potential. Policies and services are developed to<br />

reduce the differences in health status that are associated with factors such as socio-economic status, gender, age,<br />

ability, and culture” (Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Community Services, 2002, p.10)<br />

(e) “Equity: no one should face excessive financial hardship or possible bankruptcy because of illness, disease or disability.<br />

Access to timely and medically necessary health services should be available to all, regardless of income. These two<br />

access issues are fundamental to Canadian health care and are tenets almost all British Columbians would agree with.<br />

This does not mean, however, that British Columbians should not bear some responsibility to keep healthy or to<br />

contribute to the future sustainability of the health care system, which will be discussed in more detail further in the<br />

report. Rather, it means that any funding mechanism or financial involvement should be equitable and fairly distributed.<br />

No one disease profile, demographic or sector of society should bear a disproportionate burden of the health care<br />

costs” (Legislative Assembly of British Columbia, 2001, p.13).<br />

(f) “Equity: participation, access, and the sharing of benefits and risks, taking into account the characteristics of each<br />

population” (Reseau de Medecine Genetique Appliquee du Quebec 2002, p. 2).<br />

Source: Giacomini et al., 2009<br />

Anthony Culyer (2007) similarly encourages Canadian policymakers to be more explicit about their ethics in order<br />

to better manage and translate ethical positions “into policy action in reasonable and doable ways”. Failing to do<br />

this, by leaving ethics largely implicit, he argues,<br />

means that the huge differences between us that might otherwise remain submerged could become<br />

underwater reefs with the potential to rip the bottoms out of well-meaning policies for equity in practice -<br />

as soon as it becomes clear that one person's notion of equity is not also another's. We need to be clearer<br />

about what we mean and where we might differ in what we mean (p.12).<br />

Mackenbach et al. (2002b) likewise stress the importance of “explicitly justify[ing] policies to reduce<br />

socioeconomic inequalities in health, not only because it is important to convince policy-makers of different<br />

political convictions that something needs to be done, but also because one's choice of justification will partly<br />

determine which policies should receive priority” (see Mackenbach et al., 2002b for examples of the implications of<br />

different policy justifications).<br />

16 Surveying a bewildering array of definitions and interpretations of ‘equity’ as a value in healthcare policies (see Table 3.1 above), Giacomini<br />

et al. (2009) for instance argue:<br />

[t]he instrumental role of the ethics framework should be made clear, particularly its relationship to the development,<br />

interpretation, and implementation of the policy it accompanies. Currently, many ethics frameworks seem detached from policies,<br />

floating alongside in special text boxes or appendices. They are also set apart by vague, platitudinous language; imperatives are<br />

typically expressed in terms that are inspirational, positive, nonspecific, and non-operational. The language offers vast license in<br />

interpretation and discretion in response. Some degree of flexibility is appropriate and necessary in ethical analysis. However, expansive<br />

ethical terms with little definition or operationalization become weak rhetoric, and apparent agreements (e.g., to include<br />

“accountability” among guiding principles) may mask fundamentally different aims (e.g., involving public participation vs.<br />

transparent reporting).<br />

54


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

II. Because reducing inequalities in health may lead to better average health in the population as a whole.<br />

The second frequent justification for health equity policies also emphasizes, sometimes for pragmatic political<br />

reasons, the ways in which health equity policies can improve the health of all populations (and certainly not lead to<br />

a worsening of health for any group as a consequence).<br />

Oftentimes, such justifications also recognize (if not explicitly acknowledging) that the same health equity policies<br />

frequently lead to a differential improvement in the health of lower socioeconomic groups, as compared to other<br />

groups.<br />

Such justifications tend to generate less controversy, since they appear to be clearly in the interest of all citizens and<br />

healthcare recipients. Stronks (2002) for instance attributes part of the success of the Dutch health authorities’ ability<br />

to get health equity on the political agenda to their definition of the problem to be tackled in ‘politically neutral<br />

terms’.<br />

As she argues: “Most of the time the public health argument was used as a rationale for the policy of reducing<br />

inequalities in health (i.e. 'diminishing inequalities will improve the average health status of the population'), instead<br />

of the more political argument of 'unfairness'” (2002).<br />

Of course these two policy rationales need not be mutually exclusive, and many health authorities (such as <strong>Health</strong><br />

Canada) appeal to both of these justifications in their advocacy for and implementation of health equity policies.<br />

Aims and Objectives<br />

While the objectives of health equity policies may appear obvious at first sight – e.g. to reduce health inequities – it<br />

is not always clear what this entails. As Mackenbach et al. (2002b) explain of the varying possible interpretations of<br />

this seemingly obvious objective:<br />

Do we intend to reduce relative or absolute inequalities in health? To redistribute health from the higher to<br />

the lower socioeconomic groups? Or to differentially improve the health of the lower socioeconomic<br />

groups? Does 'health' refer to the occurrence of specific health problems or to integrated health measures<br />

such as health expectancy (p.29)?<br />

Objectives, no less than justifications, should as such be articulated clearly and in operationalizable terms in order to<br />

provide policy-makers and the wider public with clear yardsticks with which to measure success or failure (see Box<br />

4.1, 4.5 and 4.6 for good examples of clearly articulated, realistic, and operational health equity goals and<br />

objectives).<br />

The main debates in relation to health equity policy objectives revolve around:<br />

• Whether the goal or objective is the absolute or relative reduction in health inequalities; and<br />

• Whether the goal or objective is the reduction of inequalities in health status and/or healthcare<br />

These two major areas of divergence in views in relation to health equity objectives are discussed below.<br />

I. Absolute or relative reduction in health inequality as objective<br />

Mackenbach et al. (2002b) highlight the fact that objectives aimed at improving the health of lower socioeconomic<br />

groups in absolute terms (using absolute measures), for instance through universal healthcare provision, do not<br />

necessarily or always reduce (indeed they may sometimes increase) relative measures of health inequality between<br />

SES (socioeconomic status) groups.<br />

55


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Stating health equity policy goals in absolute terms, Mackenbach et al. (2002b) however argue, increases the range<br />

of potential policy options, since any policy initiative that universally reduces, for instance, average rates of<br />

mortality or morbidity (even if not changing the size of relative inequalities between population groups), will be<br />

justifiable in service of this objective.<br />

Objectives aimed at decreasing the relative ratio of inequality between SES groups, on the other hand, often require<br />

health equity policy interventions that exclusively target the most disadvantaged. It is precisely because “[s]trategies<br />

to maximize improvement in overall population health may have little or no impact on relative disparities or, indeed,<br />

may cause them to increase” (Keppel et al., 2007), that many argue (including Gardner, 2008a and the Canadian<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group) that “[t]he most appropriate and effective way to improve overall population<br />

health status is by improving the health of those in lower SES groups and other disadvantaged populations”<br />

(Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />

Mackenbach et al. (2002b) recommend pursuing health equity policy objectives on both fronts – i.e. investing in<br />

overall improvements in overall population health, as well as seeking to reduce health gaps between higher and<br />

lower socio-economic groups. This has been the approach adopted in the UK (see Section 3.2.B and 3.3 for more on<br />

UK health equity policies).<br />

The WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap framework also includes elements of both of these two (absolute and relative)<br />

objectives: on the one hand, aiming to ‘improve living conditions for all’, and on the other hand, ‘to reduce<br />

inequitable distributions of power, money and resources’.<br />

II. Reduction of health status inequalities and/or healthcare inequalities as objective<br />

The various frameworks discussed in the preceding section on Frameworks were largely organized around their<br />

differing objectives: healthcare equity and/or health status equity. It is important not to confuse disparities in health<br />

care with disparities in health status. Disparities in health status are widely agreed to be rooted in socioeconomic<br />

circumstances that extend far beyond the health care system. As Exworthy and Washington (2006) argue:<br />

Disparities in health care cannot remedy all the disparities in health status, because of the wider<br />

determinants of health shaping the latter. Indeed, health care may only have an ameliorative effect on<br />

disparities in health status and in some cases may even exacerbate them (see for instance McGinnis et al.,<br />

2002).<br />

Exworthy et al. (2006) provide some tangible examples (see Table 3.2 below) of the different kinds of measures<br />

involved in assessing disparities in health status versus disparities in healthcare, drawing on statistics from the UK<br />

and US contexts.<br />

56


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Table 3.2: Examples of Disparities and Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Care<br />

Source: Exworthy et al., 2006<br />

Ultimately, it is recommended by Mackenbach et al. (2002b) that both kinds of disparities (health status and<br />

healthcare) feature as objectives in any policy concerned with reducing health inequities.<br />

Scope<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity policies also vary considerably, internationally and intra-nationally, by the scope of ‘disadvantaged<br />

groups’ they consider and target, and the breadth of system areas or domains engaged by health equity policy<br />

initiatives.<br />

I. Breadth of disadvantaged groups considered<br />

The scope of disadvantaged groups targeted by health equity policies depends greatly on local histories and politics,<br />

and statistical/census data. US healthcare equity policies for instance tend to focus, almost exclusively, on racial and<br />

ethnic minorities, and rarely if ever speak in terms of socioeconomic status or class position, as is the norm in the<br />

European healthcare context.<br />

In the UK context, Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities and the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong> focus in particular on six ‘equality<br />

strands’ – race, gender, disability, age, sexual orientation and gender identity, and religion and belief – and human<br />

57


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

rights. New Zealand’s health equity policies focus more narrowly on ethnicity – in particular the Maori – and<br />

socioeconomic status.<br />

In the Canadian context, the inter-governmental <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group views socio-economic status (SES),<br />

gender, Aboriginal status and geographical location as the ‘strongest predictors of disparities’ (2004), and<br />

recommends that these factors in particular be monitored and measured. Tugwell et al. (2006), argue that “equity<br />

gradients relevant to informing policy and decision makers on the effectiveness of interventions include not only<br />

socioeconomic gradients but also gender, race, workforce, rural-urban, education and social capital<br />

gradients.” Lettner (2008b) furthermore stresses the importance, in the Toronto and Ontario context, of looking at<br />

race/ethnicity as a determinant of health (also see Robertson & Swan 2005 in this respect).<br />

The first (2006) report of the Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council argued that “[t]here should be continuing efforts to<br />

reduce disparities in the health of those groups who may be disadvantaged by social or economic status, age,<br />

gender, ethnicity, geography, or language”.<br />

Whilst commending this definition as ‘providing a good starting-point for shaping health care policy and delivery,”<br />

Rachlis (2007) argues that it should be “broadened further to include health disparities related to racism and<br />

discrimination, culture, citizenship status, sexual orientation, and ability”.<br />

Gardner (2008a) puts the focus on ‘disadvantaged populations’, and recommends that “inequitable access, treatment<br />

and outcomes be measured by race, country of origin, sexual orientation [and, elsewhere, gender] or any other<br />

line of discrimination and oppression”. In keeping with their earlier definition, the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group<br />

specifies more precisely what they mean by ‘disadvantaged population’ in their health equity discussion paper:<br />

Disadvantaged populations: populations that share a characteristic associated with high risk of adverse<br />

health outcomes (e.g. Aboriginal peoples, single mothers in poverty, women, homeless people, refugees)<br />

(2004).<br />

Focusing on ‘disadvantaged populations’ – depending on the empirical evidence in this respect (where this is<br />

adequate to begin with) - is a useful starting point, as it has the merit of enabling a contextual analysis that is fluid<br />

enough to evolve with changing circumstances and power relations and health inequities (e.g. religion rising to the<br />

foreground as a basis of discrimination post-911).<br />

II. Breadth of system domains engaged through health equity policies<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity policies also vary in the scope of organizational and system are functions they engage and seek to<br />

intervene in. Among the differing health system domains frequently discussed in the literature, and engaged through<br />

health equity policy initiatives are:<br />

• Leadership (including vision statements, policies, strategies etc.)<br />

• Governance (including stakeholder engagement issues)<br />

• Services and Service Delivery<br />

• Research and Evaluation<br />

• Human Resources<br />

• Contracting & Procurement<br />

• Communications<br />

Research and policy experience from various jurisdictions suggests the critical importance of ‘mainstreaming’<br />

diversity and equity issues across all of these various health system functions and domains (see especially Exworthy<br />

2003 for importance of mainstreaming equity considerations).<br />

58


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Use of Evidence<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity policies can be distinguished by the extent to which they use and incorporate evidence into their<br />

policies and policy-making processes. Global momentum has grown considerably in recent years for evidencedbased<br />

policymaking and evaluation (see Exworthy et al., 2006; Whitley, 2007; Davies, Nutley, and Smith, 2000;<br />

Walshe and Rundall, 2001). Among national governments, the UK government has come closest to living by its<br />

motto of ‘what counts is what works’ (Exworthy and Berney, 2000).<br />

Exworthy et al. (2006) emphasize the importance of prioritizing interventions and policies on the basis of evidence<br />

of their potential effectiveness in reducing health inequalities. Mackenbach et al., (2002b) stress the importance of<br />

two types of evidence more specifically:<br />

[1] evidence that the determinant addressed by the intervention or policy plays a key role in the causation<br />

of socioeconomic inequalities in health; [and]<br />

[2] evidence that the proposed intervention or policy can be expected to effectively reduce exposure to<br />

that determinant in the lower socio-economic groups (or to reduce socioeconomic inequalities in<br />

exposure to that determinant) (p.32).<br />

This is where choice of framework is important, as discussed earlier, since it can more or less provide an evidencebased<br />

theoretical model and framework for intervention.<br />

Both of the above two types of ‘evidence’ discussed by Mackenbach et al. (2002b) can be difficult to definitively<br />

obtain (see Section 2.4). Mackenbach et al. (2002b) and Gardner (2008a) recommend a certain degree of measured<br />

pragmatism in advancing health equity policy and practice in areas where evidence may not be readily established or<br />

forthcoming. 17<br />

Evidence alone, moreover, as earlier discussed, cannot singlehandedly determine health equity policies since the<br />

goals and objectives of such policies also presuppose and require staking out particular normative/ethical positions<br />

(which may be more or less compelling).<br />

The WHO (2008) Closing the Gap report suggests the need to expand conventional definitions and conceptions of<br />

what constitutes ‘evidence’ beyond experimental designs and randomized controlled trials etc. (for instance by<br />

including qualitative measures, community accounts etc.).<br />

Judge and Mackenzie (2002) also elaborate the important potential role of theory-based evaluations when dealing<br />

with broad determinants of health that do not lend themselves to experimental manipulation. (For more on some of<br />

the difficulties in furnishing ‘evidence’ for policies and their impact also see Exworthy et al., 2006 and Judge &<br />

Mackenzie, 2002).<br />

17 Mackenbach et al. argues in this respect:<br />

it may take decades to build up a reasonably extensive evidence base. It is therefore better to be pragmatic and to be prepared to decide for the<br />

implementation of policies and interventions in the absence of full documentation of their effectiveness. Sometimes, effectiveness can reasonably<br />

be expected on the basis of experience in another setting, or evidence of effects on intermediate outcomes. In such cases it is all the more<br />

important that while the policies or interventions are being implemented, evaluations are carried out so that their effectiveness can be determined<br />

at a later stage, and changes made if effectiveness remains below expectations. In reality, all this implies that it will usually be difficult to<br />

prioritize policies and interventions on the basis of scientific evidence only. Other considerations, for example, on the (political) feasibility of<br />

certain strategic options, are likely to have a profound influence on priority setting in this area (2002b, p.33).<br />

59


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Strategic Options & Priorities<br />

Variations in policy justifications and objectives are (or should be) closely related to variations in the strategic<br />

options pursued by health policymakers. Mackenbach et al. (2002b) discern the two main lines of division in this<br />

respect as revolving around<br />

1. Entry points for intervention, namely upstream vs./and/or downstream intervention sites; and<br />

2. Universalist or Selectivist Approaches<br />

These are discussed below.<br />

I. Upstream' versus 'downstream' policy options<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity (versus healthcare equity) approaches generally emphasize and aim for upstream solutions dealing<br />

with the fundamental causes of health inequalities beyond the healthcare system. Policy interventions concerned<br />

with equity exclusively in healthcare contexts are very much a downstream solution since they deal more with the<br />

effects of upstream determinants of health.<br />

Upstream solutions, “[b]y addressing the fundamental causes of inequalities in health…avoid<br />

the possibility that after one of the more immediate causes has been eliminated, other immediate causes take its<br />

place because the same fundamental causes are still in operation” (Mackenbach et al., 2002b). On the other hand, as<br />

earlier discussed, health policymakers have less direct leverage over such root causes of health disparities like socioeconomic<br />

distributions.<br />

Downstream solutions in healthcare services, contrastingly, are more within the direct control of health<br />

policymakers, and the effects of such policy interventions more easily lend themselves to measurement and<br />

documentation (Mackenbach et al., 2002b; Exworthy et al., 2006). On the other hand, Mackenbach et al., argue,<br />

such policy interventions “are usually expensive and can never totally eliminate the problem, because people<br />

will have to fall ill before extra healthcare can repair the damage” (2002b).<br />

Research consistently shows the relatively minor role played by health care in explaining health disparities.<br />

Exworthy et al. (2006) for instance cites research that attributes healthcare inequities as accounting for “perhaps<br />

only 10 percent to 15 percent of the variation in health outcomes among different groups” (see also Adler et al.,<br />

1993; McGinnis, Williams-Russo, and Knickman 2002). Downstream policy interventions in healthcare contexts<br />

thus hold out limited potential for fundamentally reducing health inequities.<br />

Between these two (downstream and upstream) policy options are ‘midstream’ interventions: “for example, reducing<br />

exposure to unfavourable specific material living conditions, psychosocial factors and behavioural risk factors in the<br />

lower socioeconomic groups” (Mackenbach et al., 2002b).<br />

Such policy interventions “combine some of the advantages and disadvantages of both upstream and<br />

downstream solutions: the leverage and decision-making power of health policy-makers may be limited, but the<br />

health effects of changing the socioeconomic distribution of some of the more powerful determinants, such as<br />

smoking and work environment, can be expected to be substantial” (p.36).<br />

Both Mackenbach et al. (2002b) and Exworthy et al. (2006) ultimately recommend a combination of upstream,<br />

midstream and downstream policy interventions (i.e. an ‘all stream’ solution).<br />

60


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

II. Universalist vs. Selectivist Approaches<br />

Policy options also vary in terms of whether they take a universalist or selectivist approach to intervention. 18<br />

Universalist approaches target all individuals without distinction in pursuit of universal standards and goals for all.<br />

Such approaches often frame health equity policy objectives, where such commitments exist, in absolute versus<br />

relative terms (see Objectives section above).<br />

Selectivist approaches, on the other hand, target services and benefits to specific population groupings, often<br />

depending on degree of need. Cultural competence and health equity approaches targeting particular disadvantaged<br />

populations exemplify selectivist approaches.<br />

Patterson and Judge (2002, p.180) cite research evidence substantiating the effectiveness of both of these kinds of<br />

interventions (universalist and selectivist) in reducing health inequities.<br />

While encouraging specific strategies targeting the most disadvantaged populations, the (Canadian) <strong>Health</strong><br />

Disparities Task Group furthermore draws attention to the difficulty of clearly separating out these approaches (at<br />

least in terms of their effects). As they argue:<br />

It is rarely, if ever, possible to address these [health disparity] problems in a specific, identifiable population without<br />

altering factors that affect the entire community. Furthermore, health disparities are not isolated phenomena that can<br />

be excised with surgical precision. They are, rather, a function of the whole operation of society, and the “treatment”<br />

must be more fundamental and all-encompassing (2004).<br />

The Task Group nevertheless maintains its (earlier cited) position that “[t]he most appropriate and effective way to<br />

improve overall population health status is by improving the health conditions and health services for those in lower<br />

SES groups and other disadvantaged populations” (2004, p.4).<br />

In the cultural competence literature this debate between universalist and selectivist approaches plays itself out in<br />

the context of debates over whether the focus of cultural competence policies and interventions should be on<br />

developing autonomous ethno-specific health services or reforming mainstream services to make them more<br />

culturally appropriate (see SHAD 2008b, p.14 for review of this debate in the cultural competence literature).<br />

Most agree that the best way forward involves some combination of both of these approaches (Mackenbach et al.,<br />

2002b; SHAD, 2008b).<br />

3.2 INTERNATIONAL HEALTH EQUITY POLICY TRENDS<br />

A. Margaret Whitehead’s Action Spectrum on inequalities in health<br />

Margaret Whitehead (1998) elaborates a useful schema to compare and characterize the readiness and willingness of<br />

various governmental bodies around the world to take action on socio-economic inequalities in health. Her ‘action<br />

spectrum’ on health equity begins at one pole with the complete absence of measurements of inequalities in health,<br />

and moves from there progressively along a continuum from ‘measurement’, ‘recognition’, ‘awareness’,<br />

‘denial/indifference’, ‘concern’, to ‘will to take action’, ‘isolated initiatives’, ‘more structured developments’ and<br />

‘comprehensive coordinated policy’ (See Figure 3.1 below).<br />

18 “The question arises as to whether public policy should frame the issue in terms of specific populations at greater risk of health disparities<br />

or focus on the underlying determinants and conditions that are the causes of health disparities”, the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group in this<br />

respect observes, in a variation of this debate (2004).<br />

61


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 3.1 Whitehead’s Action Spectrum on inequalities in health<br />

Source: Mackenbach et al. (2002b). Adapted from Whitehead (1998)<br />

Whitehead counsels her readers not to view this action spectrum as a linear evolutionary process as not all countries<br />

will necessarily go through the same sequence of stages and there is always the possibility of abrupt regress and/or<br />

progress along this health equity action spectrum or continuum.<br />

While different jurisdictions within countries may differ in their positioning along this action spectrum, it provides a<br />

useful means of generalizing, situating and comparing international and intra-national policy developments in the<br />

area of health equity, as explored below.<br />

The policy trends examined in this section are necessarily selective in nature, in part due to the uneven reporting of<br />

these in the literature, difficulties of accessing policies ‘internal’ to various state/provincial and national health<br />

authorities and in part due to the sheer scope of equity-related policies in those jurisdictions actively pursuing health<br />

equity (e.g. the UK context, with its many policies and strategies).<br />

The policies addressed below, as such, are largely those that have either been written about in the academic<br />

literature and/or are accessible in university/public libraries and/or posted on the worldwide web. Not infrequently,<br />

only aspects of various health policies are addressed in the academic literature, which further made it difficult to<br />

compare policies on the basis of a consistent comparative schema.<br />

B. Cross-national survey of health equity policies<br />

Canada<br />

In part due to the piecemeal and selective reporting of health equity policies made available to the public, the<br />

following section does not claim to comprehensively represent all or the most recent health equity policy<br />

developments internationally. It does however seek to offer, at minimum, a general picture of major policy trends,<br />

primarily within Europe and North America.<br />

62


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Policy/Strategy Developments<br />

The <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group (HDTG) of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee on<br />

Population <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Security for the Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada describes Canada as having “few<br />

comprehensive, integrated efforts to address known health disparities and the factors and conditions that lead to<br />

them” (2004). Their formative (2004) Discussion Paper, Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities: The Role of the <strong>Health</strong><br />

Sector, tempers this observation with a measure of optimism, noting the recent launching of “some<br />

promising…initiatives to reduce disparities” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />

The HDTG (2004) breaks down Canadian interventions around health equity into four main categories:<br />

1. Leadership and policy development, e.g. the development of the <strong>Health</strong>y Living initiative, establishing<br />

population health units in <strong>Health</strong> Ministries, wellness and health promotion programs, strategic plans<br />

that include disparities reduction priorities, primary health care innovations, etc. In Quebec the <strong>Health</strong><br />

Ministry is required by law to examine the health impact of policies across the government.<br />

2. Intersectoral collaboration and partnerships, e.g. child health initiatives, nutrition programs, prevention and<br />

harm reduction strategies, intra-governmental awareness-raising task groups, targeted programs for highrisk<br />

groups, etc.<br />

3. Building community capacity, e.g. community development activities at regional health authority level,<br />

primary health care outreach, staff training in a population health approach, core area rehabilitation<br />

initiatives in cities, comprehensive school health programs, etc.<br />

4. Knowledge development and exchange, e.g. widely publicized health status reports, detailed community<br />

profiles, health atlases, workshops for staff, health status indicators, specific research support programs, etc.<br />

(HDTG 2004:16)<br />

Among the more promising contemporary policy/strategy developments in Canada are:<br />

• The 2002 and 2003 First Ministers’ <strong>Health</strong> Accords which make national commitments to reducing<br />

disparities, more specifically through the adoption and promotion of a national <strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy. The<br />

<strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy’s two overarching goals are (1) to improve the health of Canadians and (2) to reduce<br />

health disparities (see <strong>Health</strong>y Living Task Group 2003). 19<br />

The Federal-Provincial-Territorial Advisory Committee on Population <strong>Health</strong>’s establishment of a <strong>Health</strong><br />

Disparities Task Group in 2002 with the mandate of providing advice on the role of the health sector in addressing<br />

health disparities.<br />

The Task Group, which includes policy-makers and researchers from the health and social service sectors (within<br />

and beyond government), has identified four roles for the health sector in the reduction of health disparities. These<br />

include to:<br />

1. Make the reduction of health disparities a health sector priority (establish a national leadership capacity; set<br />

goals and targets; use <strong>Health</strong> Impact Assessment; collaborate with jurisdictions, develop priority areas);<br />

2. Integrate disparities reduction into health programs and services;<br />

3. Engage with other sectors in health disparities reduction;<br />

19 The February 2003 <strong>Health</strong> Accord of the First Ministers states in this respect: “First Ministers direct <strong>Health</strong> Ministers to continue their work<br />

on healthy living strategies and other initiatives to reduce disparities in health status.”<br />

63


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

4. Strengthen knowledge development and exchange activities (develop indicators to measure the impact of<br />

health disparities; continue to support research; improve health information systems; share evidence on<br />

health disparities).<br />

The adoption and promotion of a ‘10 year plan to strengthen health care’ at the (2004) First Minister’s Meeting<br />

on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care. First Ministers at this meeting agreed on an action plan based on the following<br />

principles:<br />

• Universality, accessibility, portability, comprehensiveness, and public administration;<br />

• Access to medically necessary health services based on need, not ability to pay;<br />

• Reforms focused on the needs of patients to ensure that all canadians have access to the health care services<br />

they need, when they need them;<br />

• Collaboration between all governments, working together in common purpose to meet the evolving health<br />

care needs of canadians;<br />

• Advancement through the sharing of best practices;<br />

• Continued accountability and provision of information to make progress transparent to citizens; and<br />

• Jurisdictional flexibility.<br />

Many of the principles affirmed in this 10 year plan synchronize with, and are fundamentally informed by,<br />

principles of equity in health status and health care. The 2004 First Minister’s Meeting also featured a special<br />

meeting with Aboriginal leaders which resulted in the development of specific measures to address disparities in the<br />

health status of Aboriginal peoples:<br />

• The Quebec Public <strong>Health</strong> Act which requires all ministries and agencies to consult with the Ministry of<br />

<strong>Health</strong> and Social Services when they are formulating policies that could have an impact on health (see PHAC<br />

& WHO 2008 Report)<br />

• The provincial Ontario Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long-Term Care’s (MOHLTC) recent development of a tenyear<br />

strategic vision and plan for Ontario’s health care system which is expected to feature equity as a<br />

prominent direction (Lettner, 2008a; Gardner, 2008a). The fact that the Ministry has already established a<br />

health equity unit to coordinate policy activities on health equity is particularly encouraging in this respect. In<br />

light of such developments, Lettner suggests that “the new <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHINs) will<br />

need to operationalize health equity as part of their mandate in response to the new provincial strategy” (2008a).<br />

• The policy developments and strategic commitments made by various <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integrated Networks at the<br />

regional level, in particular the Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN’s successful August 28, 2007 motion to insert health<br />

equity and diversity performance indicators into the CEO's Annual Performance Plan and requirement, for<br />

all 18 hospitals in the Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN, to provide action plans.<br />

• The formation of the GTA Diversity and LHINs Working group, specifically addressing diversity and equity<br />

issues in the LHINs context.<br />

Limitations and Challenges<br />

Some of the challenges and limitations of Canadian health equity policy developments are discussed below.<br />

• There is a substantial discrepancy between official Canadian governmental avowed commitments to health<br />

equity, health promotion and population health and government policy and action on such matters. The<br />

Canadian Population <strong>Health</strong> Initiative in this respect observes:<br />

Canada has led the world in understanding health promotion and population health …However in recent years,<br />

as the costs and delivery of health care has dominated the public dialogue, there has been inadequate policy<br />

development reflecting these understandings. In fact, Canada has fallen behind countries such as the United<br />

Kingdom and Sweden and even some jurisdictions in the United States in applying the population health<br />

knowledge base that has been largely developed in Canada (2002, p.1).<br />

This observation is reiterated by Raphael & Bryant (2006), Williamson et al. (2003), Williamson (2001), and<br />

Sutcliffe et al. (1997).<br />

64


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• There is a dearth of “comprehensive, integrated efforts to address known health disparities, and the<br />

factors and conditions that lead to them. Although health ministries in all jurisdictions, often in<br />

collaboration with other sectors, have launched a variety of initiatives to improve health and reduce<br />

health disparities, these efforts could benefit from a more coherent, system-wide approach” (<strong>Health</strong><br />

Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />

• Existing health equity strategies, more specifically the Integrated Pan-Canadian <strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy,<br />

limits areas of emphasis to individual health-related behaviours such as physical inactivity, unhealthy eating,<br />

and tobacco use (even if acknowledging that broader determinants of health shape individual health-related<br />

behaviour). No mention is made of the conditions of daily life as determinants of health, nor is it deemed<br />

important to specifically address such health determinants through public policy initiatives (Raphael & Bryant,<br />

2006).<br />

• “Canada has yet to develop policies to require systematic cultural sensitivity in the health care regimes of all<br />

provinces. While some hospitals have begun to develop ad hoc programs and adapt practices to enhance<br />

delivery of culturally competent health care services, they have been developed in isolation” (Oxman-Martinez<br />

& Hanley, 2004, quoting Bowen, 2002).<br />

• Current frameworks developed by the Canadian Institute for <strong>Health</strong> Information and Statistics Canada have<br />

insufficient indicators of health disparities (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />

• The structural design of the LHINs, in particular the exclusion of public health authorities from the LHINS (in<br />

contrast to the situation in all of Canada’s other provinces’ Regional <strong>Health</strong> Authorities), could complicate<br />

and/or compromise its ability to collaboratively address broader determinants of health and health equity<br />

(Moloughney, 2007).<br />

Dominant Framework<br />

• In Canada, <strong>Health</strong> Equity/Population <strong>Health</strong> frameworks are dominant in the academic and grey literature.<br />

In practice, however, approaches adopted tend to take a narrower focus on issues of healthcare equity. While<br />

cultural competence research initiatives are growing (particularly toolkits and best practice guidelines etc.), the<br />

operationalization of such frameworks in practice, organizationally and systemically, remains limited and<br />

sparse.<br />

Rating on Whitehead’s Action Spectrum<br />

• Between ‘Concern’ and ‘Isolated initiatives’<br />

USA<br />

Policy/Strategy Developments<br />

Exworthy and Washington (2006) distinguish four main features of US policies tackling health-care disparities in<br />

their review of US organizational strategies to reduce healthcare disparities.<br />

Table 3.3: Features of US policy on healthcare disparities<br />

Source: Exworthy and Washington, 2006, p. 46.<br />

65


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

They further describe the aims and objectives of US policies and initiatives to tackle healthcare disparities as falling<br />

into three categories:<br />

1. To raise awareness among various stakeholders;<br />

2. To eliminate disparities; and<br />

3. To improve cultural competency.<br />

Examples of notable US policies, legislative acts, and interventions in these three areas are explored below.<br />

1. To raise awareness among various stakeholders<br />

Examples of policies and legislative acts drawn up with this aim in mind include:<br />

• The Minority <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Research and Education Act of 2000 (P.L. 106-525), which<br />

was signed into law on November 22, 2000. The Act created a National Center on Minority <strong>Health</strong> and<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Disparities at the National Institutes of <strong>Health</strong> (NIH). Activities and functions of the Center include<br />

to fund research programs on health disparities and minority health; support training of members of health<br />

disparity populations as researchers; and provide education loan relief for health professionals who commit<br />

themselves to perform health disparities research. The Center also coordinates all NIH research efforts in this<br />

area. The Act also authorizes the Agency for <strong>Health</strong>care Research and Quality (AHRQ) to conduct and support<br />

activities and research to measure health disparities and to identify causes and remedies. Finally, it authorizes<br />

the <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) to support research and demonstration projects to<br />

train health care professionals on reducing health care disparities (see Beal 2004).<br />

• The commissioning of the federal Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Research and Quality (AHRQ) to draw up what<br />

became the National <strong>Health</strong>care Disparities Report (NHDR) by Congress in 1999, which addresses lowincome<br />

groups, minority populations, women, children, the elderly, and those with special health needs (AHRQ<br />

2002, 2003). The preliminary measure set for NHDR was published in 2002, and the final draft was published<br />

in December 2003 (AHRQ, 2003). This report, since published annually, monitors trends in health care<br />

disparities, measures progress toward their elimination, and raises awareness of racial, ethnic, socioeconomic,<br />

and geographic disparities in health care so as to help guide health policymakers in designing strategies to<br />

eliminate them (Swift, 2002; Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />

• The Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) landmark (2002) report commissioned by US Congress, entitled Unequal<br />

Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care. Documenting extensive research<br />

evidence relating to health-care disparities between racial/ethnic populations, this report is seen as a landmark in<br />

US policy, insofar as it convinced many agencies to introduce policies addressing healthcare disparities (for<br />

more on content and impact of report, see Smedley et al., 2008; Smedley, 2002). 'I don't think the Bush admin<br />

was very interested in disparities until it was forced on them by that [IOM] report’, a Federal agency<br />

interviewee is quoted as stating, underlining the impact of this report (cited in Exworthy & Washington, 2006).<br />

The report found that “even among the better-controlled studies, the vast majority indicated that minorities are<br />

less likely than whites to receive needed services, including clinically necessary procedures” (Smedley, 2002).<br />

2. To ‘eliminate’ disparities<br />

Examples of U.S. policies and legislative acts drawn up with this aim in mind include:<br />

• ‘<strong>Health</strong>y People 2010’, a nationwide public health plan and federal policy, was launched in January 2000 by<br />

the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services (DHHS). Its two overarching goals are “to eliminate health<br />

disparities among specific segments of the population” and “to increase quality and years of health life”. These<br />

goals inform the policy’s 467 objectives which, organized into 28 public health focus areas, are designed to<br />

serve as a framework for improving the health of all people in the United States over the course of the first<br />

decade of the 21st century. A selected set of 10 objectives – including physical activity, overweight and obesity,<br />

tobacco use, substance abuse, responsible sexual behaviour, mental health, injury and violence, environmental<br />

quality, immunization, and access to health care - known as the Leading <strong>Health</strong> Indicators, were created to<br />

monitor progress on these goals and objectives (see section 4.3D below). The <strong>Health</strong> People 2010 Policy is<br />

theoretically informed by the following model:<br />

66


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Figure 3.2: <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 Theoretical Model<br />

Source: Raphael and Bryant, 2006, p.45.<br />

Critics argue that while the <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 plan mentions broader determinants of health (as reflected in<br />

the above health model), the prioritized indicators and concrete strategies pursued in practice neglect broader<br />

determinants of health, being ‘firmly planted in the biomedical and behavioural public health model’ (Raphael<br />

& Bryant, 2006).<br />

• The ‘Steps to a <strong>Health</strong>ier US’ is another major US Federal policy aimed at health promotion and disease<br />

prevention that was launched in 2003 by the US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services. This policy also<br />

refers to health disparities, yet like <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010, neglects structural factors, placing the emphasis<br />

instead on ‘physical fitness, prevention, nutrition and health lifestyles’ (see DHHS, 2003 www.<br />

healthierus.gov/steps/index.html; also see Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />

• One of the more ambitious avowed aims of the US Federal Bureau of Primary <strong>Health</strong> Care is‘100% access<br />

and 0 disparities’ (Exworthy & Washington, 2006)<br />

3. To improve cultural competency<br />

Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Service (CLAS) Standards: The Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> of the US<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services developed 14 National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically<br />

Appropriate Services (CLAS) in healthcare in 2001. The CLAS Standards were developed with several purposes in<br />

mind including:<br />

• “To correct inequities that currently exist in the provision of health services and to make these services<br />

more responsive to the individual needs of all patients/ consumers… especially…the needs of racial, ethnic,<br />

and linguistic population groups that experience unequal access to health services”;<br />

67


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• To provide “a common understanding and consistent definitions of culturally and linguistically appropriate<br />

services in health care…Ideally, the issuance of national standards for CLAS should result in the<br />

replacement of the patchwork of different definitions and requirements with one universally understood set<br />

of guidance”; and finally<br />

• To “offer a practical framework for the implementation of services and organizational structures that can<br />

help health care organizations and providers be responsive to the cultural and linguistic issues presented by<br />

diverse populations” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> 2001).<br />

The ‘ultimate aim’ of the standards is “to contribute to the elimination of racial and ethnic health disparities<br />

and to improve the health of all Americans” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001);<br />

The 14 CLAS standards are thematically organized around three themes:<br />

Culturally Competent Care (Standards 1-3), Language Access Services (Standards 4-7), and Organizational<br />

Supports for Cultural Competence (Standards 8-14). Federally funded health care organizations are<br />

mandated to meet four of these standards (Standards 4-7) relating to language access services. This<br />

mandate derives from Title VI legislation of the 1964 Civil Rights Act which mandates that all institutions<br />

receiving federal funds provide adequate means of communication between English-speaking<br />

providers and individuals with limited English proficiency (LEP). The federal Office of Civil Rights<br />

defines an LEP individual as “someone who is unable to speak, read, write, or understand the English<br />

language at a level to interact effectively with health and social service agencies and providers” (cited in<br />

Rice 2007; also see Martinez et al., 2004).<br />

Promising state level policies, legislation and/or initiatives include:<br />

• New Jersey Senate Bill S-144, which was introduced in 1999 and signed into law in 2005. It requires that<br />

physicians in New Jersey to take cultural competency training as a condition of licensure by the State<br />

Board of Medical Examiners (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004);<br />

• The proposed Illinois Covered Act introduced into Illinois’ state legislature which would, among other<br />

things, establish a State <strong>Health</strong>care Workforce Council to provide an assessment of health care workforce<br />

trends with a focus on cultural competence and minority participation in health professions education<br />

(Smedley, 2008);<br />

• Pennsylvania’s governor, Ed Rendell's, proposed Cover All Pennsylvanians legislation which, if enacted,<br />

would similarly establish a Pennsylvania Center for <strong>Health</strong> Careers, among whose duties would be to<br />

develop recruitment and workplace tools that aim to improve health professional workforce diversity and<br />

promote the delivery of culturally appropriate care. In addition, this legislation would require charitable<br />

hospitals to produce a community needs assessment in consultation with community groups and local<br />

government officials (Smedley, 2008).<br />

• Various private, governmental, and non-profit organizations in the US have also increasingly come to adopt<br />

cultural competence policies, standards and training. Exworthy & Washington summarize the nature of such<br />

strategies and policies in Table 3.4 below:<br />

Table 3.4: Strategies to improve cultural competence at different levels in the US<br />

Source: Exworthy & Washington, 2006. Adapted from Betancourt et al., 2002.<br />

68


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Private health insurers such as Kaiser Permanente, Aetna, and BlueCross BlueShield of Florida, have been<br />

particularly active in developing cultural competence initiatives (see Betancourt et al., 2005 for more on these<br />

initiatives). The California Endowment, a private, state-wide health foundation that was created in 1996 as a<br />

result of Blue Cross of California's creation of WellPoint <strong>Health</strong> Networks (a for-profit corporation) has been<br />

especially active in developing research and initiatives aimed at improving the cultural and linguistic<br />

competence of the US healthcare system.<br />

Also of particular note in this respect is the Institute for Culturally Competent Care of the Kaiser<br />

Permanente - America's leading nonprofit integrated health plan, serving approximately 8.2 million people in<br />

nine states and the District of Columbia – which has established numerous ‘'Centers of Excellence' for<br />

different racial/ethnic groups in their efforts to raise the profile of cultural competency within their health-care<br />

provision. Various other philanthropic foundations, such as the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation and<br />

Commonwealth Fund in particular, have also actively pursued agendas seeking to widen access to health care<br />

through research and demonstration projects.<br />

Limitations and Challenges<br />

Among the challenges and limitations of American policy developments addressing health and healthcare disparities<br />

discussed in the literature are the following:<br />

• Failure to address broader determinants of health and structural patterns of socio-economic inequality and<br />

disadvantage as these impact upon health disparities (Raphael and Bryant, 2006; Exworthy et al., 2006;<br />

Exworthy & Washington, 2006);<br />

• Overly exclusive focus on ethnic and racial disparities in healthcare service, to the neglect of other bases and<br />

forms of disparity (Raphael & Bryant, 2006);<br />

• Narrow and exclusive focus on healthcare disparities and/or confusion or conflation of healthcare disparities<br />

with disparities in health status (Exworthy & Washington, 2006);<br />

• Dominance of medical model and individual-behavioural approaches to the neglect of broader public policy<br />

solutions to disparities. Fundamental reluctance to view such broader social inequities and determinants of<br />

health as a public policy matter (Raphael & Bryant, 2006);<br />

• Flawed tendency to ascribe all health inequalities to biological or cultural causes as a result of official US<br />

statistics near exclusive reporting of health inequalities by race rather than by socioeconomic status (Howden-<br />

Chapman & Kawachi, 2002).<br />

Dominant Framework<br />

• <strong>Health</strong>care Equity Frameworks, more specifically, cultural competence frameworks focusing on issues of<br />

race/ethnicity and accessibility to healthcare services.<br />

Rating on Whitehead’s Action Spectrum<br />

• The dominant state of affairs, as concerns health equity efforts in the broad (social determinants of health<br />

inclusive) sense, ranges from Awareness Raising to Denial/Indifference and Mental Block<br />

• As concerns healthcare equity and cultural competence in particular, the dominant state of affairs could be<br />

characterised as isolated initiatives and awareness raising.<br />

England<br />

Policy/Strategy Developments<br />

Over a short period of time following the election of the Labour government in 1997, the UK has rapidly become a,<br />

if not the, leader in governmental health equity policy and action aimed at not only the healthcare system but also<br />

addressing wider determinants of health/health equity. Among the landmark UK policies, strategies and initiatives<br />

described in the literature are:<br />

69


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• The (1980) Black Report, which is described by Benzeval (2002) as “by far the most significant event in recent<br />

history” in the UK’s “long [150 year] history of conducting research on health inequalities”. This formative<br />

report described how “lowest employment-level groups showed a greater likelihood of suffering from a wide<br />

range of diseases and dying prematurely from illness or injury at every stage of the life cycle” and concluded<br />

that “the material conditions under which people live their lives: availability of income, working conditions, and<br />

quality of available food and housing, etc. were the primary determinants of these findings” (Raphael & Bryant,<br />

2006; see Black & Smith, 1992). While the Report had little immediate impact under the Thatcher and Major<br />

Conservative Governments (1979-1997), it would later come to play a significant role in shaping research and<br />

policy developments in the succeeding Labour Government era (1997-present).<br />

• One month into the new Labour Government’s first tenure, the first-ever Minister for Public <strong>Health</strong> in England<br />

launched the development of a new health strategy - Saving Lives: Our <strong>Health</strong>ier Nation - that had<br />

'tackling inequalities’ at its heart. Having as one of its two aims “to improve the health of the worst-off in<br />

society and to narrow the health gap'” , the final Saving Lives policy document of July 1999 not only<br />

addressed the social causes of ill-health and inequalities but specifically noted that “tackling inequalities<br />

generally, is the best means of tackling health inequalities in particular” (cited in Benzeval, 2002, p.205; see<br />

Saving Lives 1999). In response to criticisms that this strategy failed to set national targets for the reduction of<br />

health inequalities, a new and revised strategy - NHS Plan: a Plan for Investment, a Plan for Reform - was<br />

developed by the Department of <strong>Health</strong> in July 2000 that introduced its first national target: 'to narrow the<br />

health gap in childhood and throughout life between socioeconomic groups and between the most<br />

deprived areas and the rest of the country' (ibid.; citing UK Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2000).<br />

• In July 1997, Sir Donald Acheson was asked to chair an Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> to<br />

'identify priority areas for future policy development…to reduce health inequalities' (Acheson, 1998). The<br />

subsequent Acheson Report, published in 1998, considered a wide range of evidence on contributing health<br />

determinants and concluded in its synopsis, in a manner echoing the findings of the (1980) Black Report:<br />

• The weight of scientific evidence supports a socioeconomic explanation of health inequalities. This traces the<br />

roots of ill health to such determinants as income, education and employment as well as to the material<br />

environment and lifestyle (Acheson, 1998; cited in Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />

The Report offered 39 main recommendations over 13 areas which spanned a range of health determinants including<br />

“poverty, income, tax and benefits; education; employment; housing and environment; mobility, transport and<br />

pollution, among others” (ibid.). Of these recommendations, the Inquiry Committee argued that three were<br />

particularly crucial:<br />

• All policies likely to have an impact on health should be evaluated in terms of their impact on health<br />

inequalities.<br />

• A high priority should be given to the health of families with children.<br />

• Further steps should be taken to reduce income inequalities and improve the living standards of poor<br />

households (Acheson, 1998).<br />

Among the major policy initiatives to arise in response to the Acheson Report was the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong>’s<br />

(1999) Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities: An Action Report. Benzeval (2002) distinguishes this action plan as the first<br />

UK government action plan to officially acknowledge the wide range of social policies influencing health<br />

inequalities and the first to treat such policies as suitable arenas for government action. Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities<br />

for instance emphasized the need to tackle 'the causes of poverty and social exclusion, not just the symptoms'<br />

(Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 1999).The major themes and corresponding policy initiatives pursued in this action strategy<br />

are listed in Box 3.1 as follows:<br />

70


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 3.1: Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities: An Agenda for Action<br />

The current government's strategy is organized into the nine themes set out below. Some of the<br />

specific policies it cites as action under each theme are also listed to illustrate its approach.<br />

Raising living standards and tackling low income by introducing a minimum wage and a<br />

range of tax credits and increasing benefit levels.<br />

Education and early years by introducing policies to improve educational standards, creating<br />

'Sure Start' - preschool services in disadvantaged areas, free to those on low incomes.<br />

Employment by creating a range of welfare to work schemes for different priority groups.<br />

Transport and mobility by setting targets to reduce road traffic accidents, developing safe walking<br />

and cycling routes, and standardizing concessionary fares for older people.<br />

Issue for the NHS include working in partnership with local authorities to tackle the wider<br />

determinants of health, reviewing the resource allocation formula to local healthcare agencies,<br />

developing national service frameworks to standardize care across the country for particular<br />

conditions, and broadening the performance management framework for the NHS to include fair<br />

access and improving health.<br />

Building healthy communities by investing in a range of regeneration initiatives in disadvantaged<br />

areas, including <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones.<br />

Housing by changing capital financial rules to promote investment in social housing and<br />

introducing special initiatives to tackle homelessness.<br />

Reducing crime by investing in range of community-led crime prevention schemes and tackling<br />

drug misuse.<br />

Public health issues - the first-ever Minister for Public <strong>Health</strong> is overseeing a range of<br />

initiatives to encourage healthy lifestyles, strengthen the public health workforce and tackle<br />

specific problems such as fluoridation of water supplies.<br />

Original Source: Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 1999. Adapted by Benzeval, 2002<br />

An extensive evaluation of these initiatives – published in report form by Exworthy et al.’ (2003) as Tackling health<br />

inequalities since the Acheson inquiry – found significant progress in UK efforts to tackle health inequalities. As<br />

Raphael & Bryant report of Exworthy’s (2003) findings:<br />

Evidence concerning health inequalities had been gathered, health inequalities had been placed on the<br />

policy agenda to a significant extent, and a diverse range of activities with increasing integration and<br />

coherence had been developed. Indicators of outcomes and policy implementation were beginning to<br />

emerge though impacts upon health status were not yet apparent. The authors concluded: “Many<br />

challenges remain but the prospects for tackling inequalities are good” (p. 52; cited in Raphael & Bryant,<br />

2006).<br />

More recent evaluations (e.g. Hills & Stewart, 2005) further credit the Labour government with taking issues of<br />

poverty and social exclusion seriously, for instance, reducing child poverty through concerted whole-of-government<br />

strategic policy action.<br />

• In 2003 the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and the Treasury developed a comprehensive Programme for Action which is<br />

discussed in some detail below in Box 3.2<br />

71


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 3.2: Cross-Government Action on <strong>Health</strong> Inequities, the United Kingdom<br />

In 2002, as part of the formal government-wide spending negotiations, the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and the Treasury led<br />

discussions between 18 departments to inform a delivery plan for the targets and identified the contribution required from each<br />

part of government. The Treasury’s financial and political authority was instrumental and brought departments to the table to<br />

engage in a cross-cutting goal. It facilitated agreement between departments to combine expertise and resources behind<br />

government priorities.<br />

The 2003 Programme for Action identified 82 funded commitments, owned by 12 government departments, which in the<br />

following 3 years would lay a foundation for achieving the 2010 targets and provide a sustainable impact on the wider<br />

determinants of health. The Programme for Action provided a strategic framework to direct all actions towards a single goal. This<br />

prescribed coordination at both national and local levels of government and strong performance management systems to drive<br />

delivery. An open process of regular audit, reporting, and review provides understanding of the target trajectory and the ability to<br />

refine the approach. Status reports were published in 2005 and 2008. The target has put pressure on the government to<br />

coordinate activities. This has required good communication between departments and Treasury leadership. National<br />

frameworks now mandate health inequities as a top priority for health planners and local government, while central guidance and<br />

support has targeted underperforming areas and promoted best practice. The current Secretary of State for <strong>Health</strong> has made<br />

health inequities his priority, challenging the National <strong>Health</strong> Service, which has its 60th anniversary in 2008, to live up to its<br />

founding principles of universality and fairness.<br />

Source: Hayward, 2007, as featured in WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap Report<br />

.<br />

Other unique and innovative features of the UK policy and strategy landscape include:<br />

• The introduction of <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones (HAZs). See Box 3.3 below for more information on these<br />

innovative pilot projects.<br />

Box 3.3: <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones<br />

The introduction of <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones (HAZs) in selected areas as 7-year pilot projects “'to explore mechanisms for breaking<br />

through current organizational boundaries to tackle inequalities and to deliver better<br />

services'. <strong>Local</strong> partnerships between health and local authorities were invited to bid for HAZ status. Forty-one bids were<br />

received; 11 areas were successful in achieving HAZ status in April 1998, and a further 15 in April 1999. Together these areas<br />

cover 13 million people in England and include some of the most disadvantaged areas of the country./ Tackling inequalities in<br />

health is central to HAZs' agenda, with Ministers frequently describing them as being in the 'vanguard' or 'frontline of the war on<br />

health inequalities'….The foundation<br />

of this new way of working is a partnership between health and local authorities, voluntary and community groups and, in some<br />

places, other agencies. The way in which these partnerships are formed and work together to assess their needs, develop their<br />

strategies and deliver their services is fundamental to the success of the HAZ initiative. Crucially, they must develop a strategy to<br />

achieve their goal of improving health and reducing health inequalities, and ways of monitoring and learning from what they<br />

achieve”<br />

Source: Judge et al., 1999; cited in Judge and Mackenzie, 2002, p.306.<br />

• Another particularly distinguishing feature of the UK governmental/policy landscape is the statutory<br />

‘equality’ duties and legally enshrined obligations to not only eliminate discrimination but promote equality<br />

along multiple dimensions, including race, gender and ability, and, more recently, age, sexual orientation<br />

and religion or belief. Current duties require all public bodies (including the NHS) to develop and put into<br />

place ‘equality schemes’ which are essentially action plans outlining measures and initiatives being<br />

undertaken to promote equality in the abovementioned areas. The recently created Equality and Human<br />

Rights Commission (which brings together the work of the three previous equality commissions around<br />

race, sex and disability) is currently working with the UK government to move towards single equality<br />

72


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

legislation. Such legislation will legally require public bodies to conduct equality impact assessments (see<br />

Box X) and develop equality schemes (see Box X below) relating to not only gender and race but also other<br />

dimensions of inequality including age, sexual orientation and religion or belief. The Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />

has already proactively developed two Single Equality Schemes - SES (2007-2010) and, more recently, in<br />

updated and revised form, SES (2008-2011) – in anticipation of this requirement. The DOH SES’s set out<br />

the Department’s public commitments and plans for action across six ‘equality strands’ of race/ethnicity,<br />

gender, disability, age, sexual orientation and religion or belief (see<br />

http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_0754<br />

63 for downloadable copy of the latest 2008 Department of <strong>Health</strong> Single Equality Scheme).<br />

Policy commitments within the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong> are also guided by an overarching (2003)<br />

Equality Framework which commits the Management Board of the DOH to “improving the health and<br />

well-being of the population through a health and social care system which:<br />

• Is provided equally to those who need it, free at the point of need<br />

• Offers a personal service which is truly patient-centred<br />

• Has sufficiently increased capacity to enable choice and diversity to be offered to patients<br />

• Is fair and provides equity of access to care.<br />

The National <strong>Health</strong> Service (NHS) has also developed an Equality Framework -The Vital Connection: An<br />

Equalities Framework for the NHS - that has oriented work in the health sector since 2003.The (2003)<br />

Vital Connection Framework has three strategic equality aims that all parts of the NHS are required to work<br />

towards through a series of priorities, objectives and targets. These three strategic equality aims are:<br />

1. A workforce for equality and diversity - To recruit, develop and retain a workforce that is able to<br />

deliver high quality services that are accessible, responsive and appropriate to meet the diverse needs<br />

of different groups and individuals.<br />

2. A better place to work - To ensure that the NHS is a fair employer achieving equality of opportunity<br />

and outcomes in the workplace.<br />

3. A service using its leverage to make a difference - To ensure that the NHS uses its influences and<br />

resources as an employer to make a difference to the life opportunities and the health of its local<br />

community, especially those who are shut out or disadvantaged.<br />

Such NHS and Department of <strong>Health</strong> Strategic Frameworks and objectives are primarily enforced at the<br />

local level by Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (see <strong>Appendix</strong> 2 and Box 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, and 4.7 for more on<br />

functions and governance of Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities).<br />

• In their international review of public health policy, Raphael & Bryant draw attention to five ways in which<br />

such UK policy developments differ from what is happening in the Canadian and US contexts:<br />

• The first is the recognition that health inequalities are a cause for serious concern.<br />

• The second is the serious use of available research evidence by government authorities.<br />

• The third is the recognition that these areas are cause for concern not only by health ministries and<br />

departments but also the entire government.<br />

• Fourth, there is a commitment to action through the development and implementation of public policy.<br />

73


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• And fifth, there is a goal for the National <strong>Health</strong> Service to promote equitable access to services in relation<br />

to need and they’re taking the lead in working with other agencies to tackle the broader determinants of<br />

health. In addition, goals were set for the elimination of health inequalities (Raphael & Bryant, 2006). 20<br />

Limitations and Challenge<br />

Some of the limitations and challenges of UK policies and strategies discussed in the literature are outlined below:<br />

• It has proven difficult to reorientate the health service to focus on health rather than healthcare issues at the<br />

local level. “To achieve this,” Benzeval argues, “local agencies require consistent and clear messages,<br />

reinforced by a range of policy levers such as performance management systems” (2002, p. 212).<br />

• There have been challenges collaborating intersectorally; though reducing health inequalities requires a broad<br />

social policy response, other sectors sometimes have more pressing goals and priorities that may be<br />

fundamentally out of sync with efforts to improve living standards, employment conditions and social security.<br />

Such inconsistencies in priorities can make it difficult to make substantial inroads in reducing health inequities<br />

(Judge & Mackenzie, 2002).<br />

• There have been challenges attributing causes and effects to interventions and policies that are aimed at broad<br />

health determinants and developing appropriate indicators to measure progress on intersectoral initiatives<br />

(Exworthy et al., 2006; WHO, 2008). 21<br />

• There is a less progressive trend in more recent reports (e.g. Wanless 2004; Dept of <strong>Health</strong>, 2004) to focus more<br />

narrowly on individual health behaviours and healthcare service access issues to the exclusion of broader social<br />

structural determinants of health (Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />

• There remains a gap between the state of knowledge and analyses, and the implementation of the latter (Raphael<br />

& Bryant, 2006 )<br />

• Objectives and targets are not always clearly linked and/or articulated (specifically in relation to the <strong>Health</strong><br />

Action Zones) and “pathways of expected change” are not always “specified in sufficient detail for it to be<br />

possible to make a reasonable judgement about whether the target is feasible” (Judge & Mackenzie, 2002).<br />

Dominant Framework<br />

• Whole-of-government <strong>Health</strong> Equity Framework that considers broad socio-economic determinants of health.<br />

20<br />

Raphael & Bryant give the example, in this respect, of “the 2002 Spending <strong>Review</strong> Public Service Agreement – a kind of business plan –<br />

for the Department of <strong>Health</strong> which contained the goal ‘By 2010 to reduce inequalities in health outcomes by 10% as measured by infant<br />

mortality and life expectancy at birth’. To facilitate and support action, the government set up ‘cross-cutting spending reviews’ focused<br />

on health inequalities. These reviews are to be used by departments to inform spending plans for the 2003–2006 period.<br />

21 Though it is perhaps too early to judge, there appear to be few visible, attributable impacts of such broad policy interventions in the UK context<br />

thus far, and existing time trends show little evidence of narrowing health gaps (e.g. poverty rates for working aged adults without children reach<br />

all-time high levels by 2002-2003) (Raphael & Bryant, 2006). Exworthy et al. (2006) draw attention to some of the difficulties in measuring<br />

success of such interventions due to the length of time required for such interventions to take effect. As they argue:<br />

the causal pathway between policy and outcome may be apparent only in the long term [years or decades], if at all. …[ Yet] the period in<br />

which the policy interventions are expected to deliver results and over what time periods these effects should be measured often are not<br />

clear” (Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />

74


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Rating on Whitehead’s Action Spectrum<br />

• Comprehensive Coordinated Policy<br />

Other International Developments (Netherlands, Sweden, New Zealand, Barcelona)<br />

The following section lists some of the promising government policy/strategy developments and interventions<br />

relating to health equity encountered in the literature emanating from other parts of the world.<br />

Australia<br />

• Australian health authorities have developed, implemented, and provided training on health equity impact<br />

assessment (see Section 4.3E for more on the origins, development, employment, and usefulness of <strong>Health</strong><br />

Equity Impact Assessment tools in various jurisdictions).<br />

Box 3.4: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessments in Australia<br />

The Australian Better <strong>Health</strong> Initiative is part of a Council of Australian Governments Reform Package, which<br />

aims to improve health for all Australians. As part of the development of the Implementation Plan for New South<br />

Wales, a Rapid Equity Focussed Impact Assessment was conducted. Eight initiatives were assessed on their<br />

potential equity impacts, looking at inequities by age, gender, place of residence, ethnicity, and socioeconomic<br />

status. Concrete recommendations were formulated on how to improve the equity focus and potential positive<br />

impacts on health equity of the Initiative.<br />

Original Source: Harris, Harris & Kemp, 2006; Taken from WHO, 2008.<br />

Box 3.5: Expanding Capacity for <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment in Australia: Learning by<br />

Doing<br />

An example of capacity building for health impact assessment is the “Learning by Doing” approach that was part<br />

of the New South Wales <strong>Health</strong> Impact Assessment Project. Learning by Doing includes formal training, access<br />

to resources and technical support, and continued building of consensus on the scope of health impact<br />

assessment. An equity focus needs to be incorporated into all training on health impact assessment.<br />

Original Source: Harris, 2007; Taken from WHO, 2008<br />

The Netherlands<br />

• The Netherlands has been successful in putting health equity issues on the political agenda, having achieved<br />

broad consensus on the need to reduce health inequalities (See Stronks 2002 for summary of policy<br />

developments in the Netherlands from 1980 to 2000; also see Stronks & Gunning-Scheper, 1993).<br />

75


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

New Zealand<br />

Box 3.6: Monitoring <strong>Health</strong> Inequities in New Zealand<br />

New Zealand has initiated a whole-of-government approach to reducing inequities in health, especially with<br />

regard to the ways in which ethnicity and socioeconomic inequities interact. Key policy documents released in<br />

2000 and 2002 have embedded a health inequity focus into all levels of the work of the health sector and have<br />

provided a template (the Reducing Inequalities in health Framework) for how action to reduce health inequities<br />

could be achieved. New Zealand has performed particularly well in steadfastly monitoring inequities and<br />

reporting those inequities in ways that best facilitate action. This has been achieved through a number of<br />

mechanisms, including a strong emphasis on ethnicity recording in the health sector, the routine matching of<br />

census with mortality records, and widespread use of a census-based small area deprivation measure, the New<br />

Zealand Deprivation Index. These approaches have boosted cross-sectoral interest in inequities, facilitated<br />

discussion in academic and policy circles about the root causes of inequities, and provided social agencies with<br />

evidence on which they can plan programmes and policies to address health inequities in their respective areas.<br />

Original Source: WHO & PHAC, 2007; Taken from WHO, 2008.<br />

Sweden<br />

• “Sweden has a decentralized form of federalism and a political culture compatible with a broad,<br />

determinants-based strategy. The motivation to address health disparities in Sweden led to a sustained national<br />

dialogue on the determinants of health and their consequences. The government pursued a consensus-building<br />

process that involved all political parties, an evidence-based approach and extensive public consultation. The<br />

result was a strongly supported strategy that focuses almost exclusively on the non-medical determinants of<br />

health” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />

3.3 SOME KEY LESSONS & RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

This section concludes with some key lessons and recommendations discerned from this review of the grey and<br />

academic literature on international health equity policies.<br />

• Knowledge development (especially the development of appropriate health equity measures and indicators) and<br />

dissemination through partnerships and (community-government-academic) collaboration is critical to putting<br />

health equity on the public policy agenda and advancing health equity strategies.<br />

• Comprehensive approaches that combine and incorporate, in varying degrees, (1) health equity and healthcare<br />

equity policy objectives, (2) upstream, midstream and downstream (‘all stream’) interventions, and (3)<br />

universalist and selectivist approaches have proven most effective, in part due to their design and analysis of<br />

causal pathways of health inequity, and in part due to the politics of such multi-pronged approaches which can<br />

appeal to multiple audiences and constituencies (depending on their emphases) across the political spectrum.<br />

• The healthcare sector can and should play a lead role in advancing a broad inter-sectoral health equity policy<br />

agenda that addresses social determinants of health. Intersectoral collaboration is critical to the success of a<br />

truly comprehensive health equity policy agenda seeking to effectively reduce health inequities.<br />

• Political will and a conducive policy/political environment is critical to the advancement of the health equity<br />

policy agenda. Policies should thus strategically align themselves, wherever possible (i.e. while maintaining<br />

their integrity) with local policy contexts and drivers to gain traction and fruition.<br />

• Policies should be guided by evidence regarding the nature of the problem (health inequity) and the appropriate<br />

intervention solutions to the greatest extent possible. In the absence of evidence (particularly in the latter<br />

respect), pilot demonstration projects, and their evaluation, are critical. Evidence alone, however, cannot inform<br />

and steer policy choices, as ethical views and priorities, too, play a key role. It is thus critical that ethical<br />

commitments and foundations for policies are clearly spelled out in ways that can help inform difficult policy<br />

choices.<br />

• Policy objectives should be clearly articulated in realistic, operationalizable terms.<br />

76


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

PART 2<br />

ACCOUNTABILITY, COMPLIANCE AND<br />

QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

Having considered various health disparity frameworks, policy options, debates and trends, Part II of this review<br />

examines ways and means of ensuring accountability and compliance with such policies and providing quality<br />

assurance, as discussed in the health equity literature. Case studies profiling good practice are interspersed<br />

throughout this section. Most of the good practices profiled are drawn from the UK governmental context, as the UK<br />

government has made the most progress in tackling health inequalities among governments surveyed in Part I,<br />

Section 3.<br />

Part II is organized into three sections:<br />

• Policy and Strategy;<br />

• Leadership and Governance; and<br />

• Performance Management<br />

4.1 POLICY AND STRATEGY: Essential Components and Dimensions of policy and strategy<br />

development to ensure compliance and accountability<br />

To ensure compliance across the system, equity policies and strategic goals need to be adopted at the highest levels<br />

of the organisation/system as an essential and integral component of the organization/system’s strategic goals, vision<br />

and mandate. It is moreover essential that such organizational strategic goals be performance managed by senior<br />

management (see Governance section below).<br />

The <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> System Integration Act requires the <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHINs) to each develop<br />

an Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plan (IHSP) - with input from the community, and in accordance with the provincial<br />

(MOHLTC) <strong>Health</strong> System Strategic Plan. The MOHLTC’s strategic plan is expected to contain a commitment to<br />

equity as a strategic priority and goal. It is essential that the vision statement, integration strategy and specific<br />

priorities laid out for the local health system in such IHSPs include and reflect a strong commitment to health equity.<br />

As discussed in Part I, clearly articulating one’s equity vision, policy goals and objectives, in terms that can be<br />

operationalised and measured, is critical to ensuring accountability. The more vague the vision and corresponding<br />

policy objectives, the less able are policymakers and other stakeholders (including the public) to measure and gauge<br />

progress, which is critical to ensuring accountability and responsibility for the performance of such policies.<br />

Strategic goals around equity need not only be clear and measurable but also achievable (versus merely aspirational)<br />

in order to ensure continued momentum on the basis of early and sustained achievements (see Box 4.1, 4.5 and 4.6<br />

for good examples of clearly articulated, realistic, and operational health equity goals and objectives).<br />

It is also critical that policymakers elaborate the ethical foundations of their policy commitments (if not in the policy<br />

itself, then in policy guideline materials), so as to help guide tough decisions regarding which goals and strategies to<br />

pursue (see Section 3.1 for more on the importance of elaborating ethical premises, under the subsection, Policy<br />

Justification).<br />

77


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

It is moreover advisable, in the interests of accountability and compliance, that health equity policy statements are<br />

adjoined with concrete action plans and guidelines for implementation that clearly articulate the means (strategies<br />

and plans) by which such policy goals and objectives are to be realised, as well as the expected strategic outcomes of<br />

each action plan initiative. The more fully and transparently such corresponding action plans and desired outcomes<br />

are elaborated and explained in relation to policy goals and objectives, the more able are stakeholders to monitor and<br />

debate the feasibility and ‘fit’ of such plans as a means of achieving the espoused goals and objectives.<br />

Strategic action plans, moreover, should go into detail about what will be done, by when and by whom, clearly<br />

listing, in this latter respect, the responsibilities of each relevant stakeholder accountable and responsible for<br />

ensuring policy implementation and compliance. The Plan should thus:<br />

• Set dates on when you will do the things such as monitoring, reviewing procedures, training and guidance;<br />

• Expand on how these will be done and by whom;<br />

• Clarify what will be your measures of success and how you will evaluate these (including how and when you<br />

will review the overall working of your policy) (ACAS, 2009).<br />

Clearly articulating the objectives and corresponding action tasks to be performed, as well as the lead role holders<br />

having carriage over such tasks, is essential to ensuring that the policy is accountably advanced. It is also important,<br />

as mentioned above, that a process and timeline is agreed upon for regularly reviewing and updating the policy,<br />

in light of incoming information on progress or lack thereof.<br />

Policies should also be supplemented by explicit strategies for making the policy known to all stakeholders.<br />

Dissemination of policy initiatives within and beyond the organisation in question is essential, not only because of<br />

the public’s right to know, in the case of public health policy, but because bringing such policies into public light<br />

makes it that much more difficult to get away with doing nothing in support/pursuit of it. It is useful, in this respect,<br />

to develop policy guidelines to further elaborate and explain policy goals, objectives, strategic plans and desired<br />

outcomes to concerned stakeholders in more detailed form<br />

The process of policy development is as critical to its success in implementation as the content of the policy. The<br />

policymaking process should not only involve knowledge experts, but also all affected and interested<br />

stakeholders, including, importantly, members of the public, in particular members of vulnerable communities who<br />

may be targeted by the policy.<br />

Aside from the intrinsic value of such public/stakeholder involvement in a democratic society, such engagement<br />

may increase public (and thus political) and staff ‘buy-in’, and help prevent resistance, backlash, and subversion at<br />

implementation phases (see Sabik & Lie, 2008 for more on the importance but also challenges of stakeholder<br />

involvement in policymaking processes).<br />

Policy decisions and outcomes should be transparently communicated to stakeholders at all phases of the policy<br />

development process. Such transparency in itself helps to increase accountability, since it is much easier to ‘drop the<br />

policy ball’ when no one is aware of the policy or applying pressure for ‘results’ (Sabik & Lie, 2008).<br />

Training initiatives in support of the policy are also critical to ensuring compliance, as such initiatives help to equip<br />

those responsible for implementation with the appropriate skills and competencies required to do so effectively.<br />

78


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.1: NHS London Strategic Plan 2009-2013<br />

In the UK context, Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (SHAs) most resemble the LHINS in terms of their role, function, structure and place<br />

in the overall UK National <strong>Health</strong> System (see <strong>Appendix</strong> 2: The structure of the new NHS in England for more on the configuration of<br />

the UK health system). Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities have three main functions:<br />

(1) developing and implementing strategy for health and healthcare<br />

(2) holding local organisations to account for the quality of the care which<br />

they provide; and<br />

(3) ensuring capacity through the development of the workforce, technology<br />

and buildings (NHS London, 2007, p.6).<br />

NHS London, one of 10 national strategic health authorities in England, was formed in July 2006 when the five previous London<br />

Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities were combined, bringing together the North West London, North <strong>Central</strong> London, North <strong>East</strong> London,<br />

South <strong>East</strong> London, and South West London authorities into a single strategic body. NHS London covers 32 London Boroughs with a<br />

population of approximately 7.2 million and rising. NHS London has overall responsibility for the performance of 31 primary care trusts<br />

(PCTs), 22 24 acute trusts (hospitals) 23 , three mental health trusts 24 and the London Ambulance Service.<br />

NHS London’s commitment to reducing health inequalities is reflected in its vision and mission statement and strategic goals. The<br />

NHS London Vision statement for instance reads:<br />

Our vision is world-class health and healthcare for Londoners.<br />

Achieving our vision will mean:<br />

• improved health as a whole for Londoners<br />

• reduced health inequalities by delivering greater improvement for the<br />

most disadvantaged groups<br />

• higher quality services and enhanced clinical safety for patients<br />

• sustained financial stability (NHS London, 2008).<br />

22 Primary Care Trusts (PCTs) are responsible for the provision of health services to the local community across England. Primary care services<br />

include general medical practitioners (GPs), dentists, pharmacists, opticians, district nursing and numerous other services. PCTs receive budgets<br />

directly from the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and commission (i.e. purchase) services from providers, putting in place their own service agreements<br />

(see <strong>Appendix</strong> 1: The structure of the new NHS in England for more on the organization of the UK health system). Since April 2002, PCTs have<br />

taken control of local health care while strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (SHAs) monitor local performance and standards. SHA’s also commission<br />

highly specialised services for rare conditions through its National Commissioning Group (NCG) http://www.london.nhs.uk/your-nhs-inlondon/structure-explained,<br />

Retrieved March 3, 2009).<br />

23 NHS acute trusts are responsible for running many NHS hospitals.<br />

24 “Mental health trusts oversee mental health services which can be provided through a General Practitioner, other primary care services, or<br />

through more specialist care in NHS hospital trusts or local council social services departments” (Retrieved March 3, 2009 from<br />

http://www.london.nhs.uk/your-nhs-in-london/structure-explained).<br />

.<br />

79


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.1 continued<br />

The NHS London Mission (what is NHS London’s role?) reads:<br />

Our role is to:<br />

• Provide strategic leadership for the NHS in London<br />

• Build a sustainable, affordable and innovative health service in London<br />

• Ensure health resourcing tackles inequalities and shifts the balance of<br />

resources towards community services<br />

• Encourage the NHS in London to work in partnership with stakeholders<br />

(NHS London, 2008).<br />

The NHS London Strategy to achieve its vision and mission includes, as the first of seven strategy components:<br />

• “Work in partnership with pan-London organisations to improve<br />

health and reduce health inequalities” (NHS London, 2008, p.4).<br />

The NHS London Strategic Plan lists a further three more specific, concrete strategic goals, as desired outcomes over the<br />

next three to five years, in relation to the above strategy:<br />

• Average life expectancy of Londoners increased by at least 2 years<br />

for males and females<br />

• Number of primary care clinicians per population to increase as a<br />

function of deprivation so that the most deprived boroughs have more<br />

primary care clinicians<br />

• The difference in life expectancy between the best and worst boroughs in<br />

London is reduced by 10 per cent.<br />

Source: NHS London, 2008.<br />

4.2. LEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCE in support of accountability and compliance<br />

Governance arrangements for health equity policies and strategies are also critical to establishing accountability and<br />

ensuring compliance. Governance – how decision-making power, authority, accountability/responsibility (reporting<br />

relationships) and performance management is organized and configured 25 – should extend to the highest authority<br />

in the health system (‘the tree top’) to ensure coherent integration of health equity concerns across all policy,<br />

program, service/function areas and effective performance management and coordination across the system.<br />

25 The <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) of the US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services defines governance in its<br />

(2002) cultural competence assessment domain framework as “the goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight vehicles an organization uses<br />

to help ensure the delivery of culturally competent care”.<br />

80


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Governing entities should also involve and build on the insights and experience of those closest to the ground (the<br />

‘grassroots’), including frontline service providers, service users and targeted marginalized communities, to ensure<br />

local relevance of services and accountability to the public (Rachlis, 2007b; Gardner, 2008a; GTA Diversity and<br />

LHINS Working Group, 2008a).<br />

The UK’s rapid success in tackling health inequalities bears out the pivotal role of leadership at the highest levels (in<br />

the UK experience cabinet-level and Secretary of State level) in moving health equity strategies efficiently forward<br />

in ways establishing accountability and compliance across the system (see WHO, 2008). It is thus essential that<br />

ultimate responsibility for action on health equity unambiguously rests with the most senior person(s) at the highest<br />

governing level of the organisation. This helps to ensure legitimacy and buy-in, and coordination, across all<br />

corporate/program/service areas (WHO, 2008).<br />

The literature also stresses the importance of establishing an oversight body at the senior corporate level of the<br />

organisation to monitor progress and coordinate efforts for eliminating disparities on an ongoing basis (e.g. Beal,<br />

2004; Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2007a; WHO, 2008). 26<br />

This requires dedicating staff and resources. Investing sufficient human and capital resources into the development<br />

and oversight of health equity policies and plans, corporately, is critical to ensuring compliance with such policies<br />

and plans (as borne out in the UK experience).<br />

The grey and academic literature also stresses the importance of mainstreaming accountability and responsibility<br />

for health equity throughout the organization/system, most notably through performance management systems and<br />

health equity impact assessment (HEIA) processes (see Section 4.3E for more on use of HEIA as mainstreaming<br />

tool).<br />

While it is important to have staff dedicated specifically to addressing health equity issues, it is thus essential that<br />

responsibility for the latter not be siloed in only one part of the organisation/system amongst ‘specialists’ but also be<br />

made the responsibility of all.<br />

Community/stakeholder engagement is another key governance ingredient to ensure public accountability and<br />

appropriate, quality service provision and resource allocation in tune with community needs on the ground<br />

(Smedley, 2008; Tugwell et al., 2006; Robertson & Swan, 2005; GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group,<br />

2008a).<br />

Increasing public awareness of health equity issues through public involvement, consultation, advocacy and<br />

knowledge exchange also helps to ensure that health equity remains on governmental policy agendas, by helping to<br />

cultivate sufficient ‘push from below’ around health equity issues, which is also essential to sustaining such policies<br />

(Rachlis 2007; Gardner, 2008a; WHO, 2008).<br />

26 As the WHO contend, in relation to ensuring gender issues are addressed by health authorities:<br />

Effective organizational mainstreaming is facilitated by placing responsibility for mainstreaming gender with senior management, and<br />

by allocating adequate financial and human resources for a central unit with gender expertise (2008, p.149).<br />

81


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.2 Governance & Oversight of Equality issues in the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />

Governance and oversight of Equality issues in the British healthcare system occurs at the highest level. Ultimate responsibility<br />

for ensuring that the Department of <strong>Health</strong> fulfills the objectives of its Equalities policy and Single Equality Scheme 27 lies with<br />

the Department Management Board (DMB). 28 The Board reviews reports of progress on the Single Equalities Scheme annually,<br />

making recommendations and amendments as necessary.<br />

On an individual basis, the Permanent Secretary (the highest ranking person) in his role as Accountable Officer is accountable<br />

for effective implementation of equality. The Permanent Secretary is in turn advised by the Director of Equality and Human<br />

Rights Group (EHRC).<br />

The Department of <strong>Health</strong>’s Equality and Human Rights Group, Equality Delivery Assurance Group (EDAG), and<br />

Management Board ‘Policy Committee’ are specifically mandated with overseeing Equality issues in the Department.<br />

Monitoring developments across six ‘equality strands’ - race, gender, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, and<br />

religion and belief (as well as human rights in general) – the EHRG’s role includes to:<br />

*give strategic leadership on equality and human rights<br />

*champion equality and human rights within DH [Department of <strong>Health</strong>]<br />

*challenge discrimination across DH, the NHS [National <strong>Health</strong> Service] and Social Care<br />

*support DH policy colleagues and advise on proposed legislation<br />

*identify the ‘business case’ for Equality and Human Rights and provide examples of good<br />

practice to back it up<br />

*enable delivery of the equality and human rights agenda across the NHS and Social Care<br />

through innovative change programmes that test a variety of approaches<br />

*develop partnerships with stakeholders, regulators, patient and staff groups and other<br />

colleagues across DH, the NHS and Social Care to facilitate delivery of the above<br />

(Department of <strong>Health</strong> 2007).<br />

27 The Department of <strong>Health</strong>’s (2007-2010) Single Equality Scheme (SES) describes itself as “a public commitment of how we at the Department<br />

of <strong>Health</strong> plan to meet the duties placed upon us by the equality legislation”, which includes the Race Relations (Amendment) Act 2000,<br />

Disability Discrimination Act 2005 and the Sex Discrimination Act as amended by the Equality Act 2006 (Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2007a). The<br />

SES also includes actions on age, religion and belief, and sexual orientation, and human rights more generally.<br />

28 The Departmental Management Board supports the Permanent Secretary in the discharge of his/her responsibilities as Principal Accounting<br />

Officer, within the framework set out by the Secretary of State. The Management Board is responsible for:<br />

providing advice to Ministers on developing the strategy and objectives for the health and social care system<br />

setting DH standards<br />

establishing the framework of governance, assurance and management of risk.<br />

The Board is also specifically responsible for approving:the Departmental Business Plan<br />

the DH Resource Account for each financial year<br />

the Departmental Report<br />

major expenditure commitments<br />

(Retrieved March 3, 2009 from http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Aboutus/HowDHworks/BoardsandCommittees/DH_088623).<br />

82


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.2 continued<br />

The Equality Delivery Assurance Group (EDAG) functions as an advisory body, whose responsibility is to coordinate and<br />

provide assurance on compliance with equality legislation and other policy aspects of the DH Single Equality Programme. 29<br />

The Policy Committee (of the Departmental Management Board) is responsible for “monitoring the SES action plan and the<br />

continued application of equality screening and equality impact assessments across the DH policy delivery” (DH 2007b). The<br />

Committee receives quarterly reports from the EDAG on progress against the SES action plan and the programme of policy<br />

equality screening. The Policy Committee also contributes to the Annual Report of the Departmental Management Board.<br />

Role of Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities in equalities planning and monitoring<br />

Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (SHAs) also play a critical role in ensuring that they and the local health providers and purchasers<br />

that they monitor and oversee fulfill their legal and policy obligations in relation to equality issues. As part of their management<br />

function, Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities each produce their own three-year Single Equality Schemes (SES) which set out their<br />

commitment to promoting equality of opportunity and tackling discrimination in access to health services and in the way that staff<br />

are treated (NHS London 2007).<br />

NHS London has developed and is currently implementing its own SES (2007-2010), which has a total of 37 objectives. Each<br />

objective is broken down into various associated ‘Tasks’, each of which are assigned a Lead person, Target Date for completion,<br />

and Outcome Measure(s).The NHS London Board 30 is ultimately accountable and responsible for successful implementation of<br />

the scheme. The Chief Executive of the Board and named Leads are responsible for reporting on progress and ensuring that<br />

action plan objectives are being met within their areas of responsibility.<br />

The development of NHS London’s (2007-2010) SES was facilitated by the Equality Steering Group (ESG), which is made up<br />

of a cross-section of NHS London staff (including senior representatives from Public <strong>Health</strong>, Corporate Affairs, Human<br />

Resources, Communications, the Union, and the Research unit). The Equality Steering Group’s purpose is “[t]o manage the<br />

overall project to produce the Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority’s Single Equality Scheme consultation document, consult on the<br />

scheme, and all related activities associated with producing the Single Equality Scheme” (NHS London 2007).<br />

NHS London’s Single Equality Scheme (2007-2010) was also developed through the involvement of an Equality Reference<br />

Group (ERG). The purpose of the ERG was “[t]o actively participate in determining the scope, content, and presentation of the<br />

Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority’s Single Equality Scheme consultation document, and to actively participate in determining the scope<br />

and methodology for the consultation process” (NHS London 2007). In addition to including disabled people within the group,<br />

other equality strands were also represented within the ERG group membership.<br />

While all of the monitoring functions described above, in the case of the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and the Strategic <strong>Health</strong><br />

Authorities, are internal to these organisations, UK equalities legislation also grants “significant powers” to the Equality and<br />

Human Rights Commission 31 to “enforce the equalities duties of organisations and authorities, including, ultimately, launching<br />

official inquiries and formal investigations” (Retrieved January 24, 2009 from http://www.equalityhumanrights.com).<br />

4.3. PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT LEVERS<br />

One of the most critical means of ensuring accountability for and compliance with health equity policy and strategy<br />

is by embedding and monitoring health equity goals and outcomes in performance management systems. Among the<br />

29 The DH Single Equality Programme incorporates the Single Equality Scheme and SES action plan development and monitoring, the Equality<br />

Impact Assessment Programme (EIA), Equality Delivery Assurance Group secretariat and Stakeholder <strong>Review</strong> and Management (for more on the<br />

Single Equality Programme see http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Managingyourorganisation/Equalityandhumanrights/index.htm).<br />

30 NHS London is governed by the NHS London Board, which is made up of 6 non-executive directors (including the Chair), 5 executive<br />

directors (including the Chief Executive), and 4 non-voting members. The board is responsible for:<br />

establishing values and standards for NHS London<br />

agreeing the strategy for the NHS in London<br />

monitoring our performance against financial and other targets<br />

ensuring that risk is well managed (Retrieved March 3, 2009 from http://www.london.nhs.uk/who-we-are/people-and-structure/ourboard.)<br />

31 The Equality and Human Rights Commission is a non-departmental public body (NDPB) established under the Equality Act 2006 –<br />

accountable for its public funds, but independent of government.<br />

83


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

major ‘levers’ for managing performance currently available to the LHINS is their (1) funding and allocation<br />

powers; (2) local health system planning role (Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plans); and (3) LHIN-Provider service<br />

accountability agreements. The critical importance of measuring, evaluating and assessing performance on an<br />

ongoing basis – and reporting on the results - is also discussed in this section as an essential ingredient in<br />

establishing accountability and compliance and assuring quality services and outcomes.<br />

A. Funding & Allocation<br />

A major policy lever for the LHINs is their funding authority to institutions (Moloughney, 2007). One of the<br />

primary means of ensuring action on and compliance with health equity strategic priorities at the local level is by<br />

developing LHINs funding criteria that ties funding to service provider performance on health equity.<br />

Such criteria could range from more general (and context/baseline dependent) criteria of demonstrating improved<br />

access and service delivery for marginalized communities (GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a), to<br />

specific performance targets, standards and/or benchmarks as a condition of funding. No small part of the success of<br />

the British Labour government in tackling health inequalities has been its own vigilance in ensuring that the<br />

reduction of health inequalities is maintained as a central criteria in the allocation of funds and resources across (and<br />

indeed beyond) the healthcare sector (Benzeval, 2002).<br />

In the US context, Title VI Legislation concerning the language rights of ‘persons with limited English proficiency’<br />

(part of the 1964 Civil Rights Act) has recently (2001) been interpreted in a manner requiring all federally funded<br />

healthcare service providers to meet certain Standards for linguistically appropriate service as a condition of their<br />

funding. The Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> of the US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services developed these<br />

National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS) in 2001. The 14 CLAS Standards<br />

are listed below (see Box 4.3 below).<br />

Of these, only Standards 4, 5, 6, and 7 are currently enforceable as Mandates, that is as ‘current Federal<br />

requirements for all recipients of Federal funds’. 32 Standards 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 are Guidelines, i.e.<br />

‘activities recommended by OMH for adoption as mandates by Federal, State, and national accrediting agencies’;<br />

and Standard 14 is a Recommendation, which is ‘suggested by OMH for voluntary adoption by health care<br />

organizations’ (OMH, 2001).<br />

32 Federal requirements allow a certain degree of flexibility in implementing the mandated standards, taking into account the unique and<br />

individual characteristics and circumstances of particular organizations (see OMH, 2001 for more details in this respect).<br />

84


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.3: Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS) Standards<br />

Theme I: Culturally Competent Care<br />

Standard 1. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that patients/consumers receive from all staff members effective,<br />

understandable, and respectful care that is provided in a manner compatible with their cultural health beliefs and practices and<br />

preferred language.<br />

Standard 2. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should implement strategies to recruit, retain, and promote at all levels of the organization<br />

a diverse staff and leadership that are representative of the demographic characteristics of the service area.<br />

Standard 3. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that staff at all levels and across all disciplines receive ongoing education<br />

and training in culturally and linguistically appropriate service delivery.<br />

Theme II: Language Access Services<br />

Standard 4. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must offer and provide language assistance services, including bilingual staff and<br />

interpreter services, at no cost to each patient/consumer with limited English proficiency at all points of contact, in a timely<br />

manner during all hours of operation.<br />

Standard 5. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must provide to patients/consumers in their preferred language both verbal offers and<br />

written notices informing them of their right to receive language assistance services.<br />

Standard 6. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must assure the competence of language assistance provided to limited English proficient<br />

patients/consumers by interpreters and bilingual staff. Family and friends should not be used to provide interpretation services<br />

(except on request by the patient/consumer).<br />

Standard 7. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must make available easily understood patient-related materials and post signage in the<br />

languages of the commonly encountered groups and/or groups represented in the service area.<br />

Theme III: Organizational Supports for Cultural Competence<br />

Standard 8. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should develop, implement, and promote a written strategic plan that outlines clear goals,<br />

policies, operational plans, and management accountability/oversight mechanisms to provide culturally and linguistically<br />

appropriate services.<br />

Standard 9. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should conduct initial and ongoing organizational self-assessments of CLAS-related<br />

activities and are encouraged to integrate cultural and linguistic competence-related measures into their internal audits,<br />

performance improvement programs, patient satisfaction assessments, and outcomes-based evaluations.<br />

Standard 10. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that data on the individual patient’s/consumer’s race, ethnicity, and<br />

spoken and written language are collected in health records, integrated into the organization’s management information systems,<br />

and periodically updated.<br />

Standard 11. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should maintain a current demographic, cultural, and epidemiological profile of the<br />

community as well as a needs assessment to accurately plan for and implement services that respond to the cultural and<br />

linguistic characteristics of the service area.<br />

Standard 12. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should develop participatory, collaborative partnerships with communities and utilize a<br />

variety of formal and informal mechanisms to facilitate community and patient/consumer involvement in designing and<br />

implementing CLAS-related activities.<br />

Standard 13. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that conflict and grievance resolution processes are culturally and<br />

linguistically sensitive and capable o identifying, preventing, and resolving cross-cultural conflicts or complaints by<br />

patients/consumers.<br />

Standard 14. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations are encouraged to regularly make available to the public information about their progress<br />

and successful innovations in implementing the CLAS standards and to provide public notice in their communities about the<br />

availability of this information<br />

Source: Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001.<br />

85


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

While requiring health equity standards and/or benchmarks of health equity performance as a condition of funding is<br />

one direct and sure means of ensuring action on health equity, making health equity a funding priority and criterion<br />

for resource allocation more generally – by designating funds to health equity/cultural competence research,<br />

capacity building, training and evaluation - is also critical to the realisation of health equity as a strategic (IHSP)<br />

LHINs priority (SHAD, 2008a; Gardner, 2008a; WHO, 2008).<br />

B. Licensing and Accreditation<br />

Though largely beyond the direct control of the LHINs, licensing and accreditation agencies within the healthcare<br />

system also have a critical role to play in assuring quality care standards and providing healthcare providers with<br />

further incentives to increase their cultural and linguistic competency and commitment to tackling healthcare<br />

inequities (Exworthy et al., 2006; Betancourt et al., 2002; Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001).<br />

The US Joint Commission on Accreditation of <strong>Health</strong>care Organizations (JCAHO) is currently developing the<br />

first-ever accreditation standards for the provision of culturally competent patient-centred care. The standards<br />

currently being developed will eventually become mandated as a condition of receiving hospital accreditation in the<br />

near future. Launched in August 2008, the 18-month standards development project builds upon the research<br />

framework of the Joint Commission’s ongoing Hospitals, Language and Culture: A Snapshot of the Nation study,<br />

which has been examining how a sample of 60 hospitals across the country are providing health care to culturally<br />

and linguistically diverse patient populations.<br />

The study’s findings have been published in reports such as the recent One Size Does Not Fit All: Meeting the<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Care Needs of Diverse Populations (see Section 2.3B/III for more on the recommendations and framework<br />

of One Size Does Not Fit All). A 26-member Expert Advisory Panel has been assembled by the Joint Commission to<br />

guide this project that is reviewing available evidence-based best practices and identifying principles that can be the<br />

basis for new and revised standards. (For more information about the Joint Commission’s initiative to develop<br />

culturally competent patient-centered care standards, visit www.jointcommission.org [click on “Patient Safety,” then<br />

“Hospitals, Language and Culture”]).<br />

Quality assurance of culturally competent care in the US has also been promoted, more recently, through medical<br />

licensing boards. The passing of New Jersey Senate Bill S-144, introduced in 1999 and signed into law in 2005, is<br />

exemplary in this respect. It requires that physicians in New Jersey take cultural competency training as a condition<br />

of licensure by the State Board of Medical Examiners (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004).<br />

A considerable portion of the recent cultural competence literature, moreover, focuses on ways to evaluate, improve<br />

and require cultural competence components in core curricula of various educational institutions educating the next<br />

generation of doctors, nurses and healthcare workers (see Quereshi et al., 2008; Xu 2007; Shaya et al., 2006; Luquis<br />

& Perez, 2003; Chevannes 2002).<br />

C. Contracting and Procurement<br />

While it is essential that the Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long Term Care embed health equity accountabilities within its<br />

own accountability agreements with the LHINs, the service accountability agreements entered into between the<br />

LHINs and health service providers (HSPs) are another critical means or ‘lever’ by which the LHINs can ensure<br />

equity considerations and strategic priorities are realized and managed in practice at the local level, in accountable<br />

ways (GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a; Gardner, 2008a).<br />

Requiring health equity plans, on the bases of analyses of relevant health equity issues in the local catchment area,<br />

as part of contractual agreements and obligations between the LHINs and health service providers is another<br />

essential means of embedding accountability for the furtherance of LHIN health equity strategic goals at the local<br />

level.<br />

86


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Focusing more specifically on hospitals, Gardner outlines some of the key elements the LHINs might expect and<br />

look for in a hospital health equity plan. An effective and comprehensive hospital equity plan, he argues, would<br />

include elements such as:<br />

• A broad overall vision or commitment to reducing health disparities through their service delivery;<br />

• Demonstrating that the hospital has analyzed health status and disparities in the area in which they are located<br />

or their broader catchment area - or if they haven’t done the necessary local analysis, how they will;<br />

• Indicating how they have or will incorporate this data and analysis into program planning;<br />

• Analysing how closely hospital utilization patterns and service mixes reflect the demography and meet the<br />

needs of their catchment areas – and if they don’t, indicating critical unmet needs;<br />

• Describing what current programs, outreach and resources are targeted to addressing health disparities in their<br />

area, and what additional expanded or new services are needed;<br />

• Operationalizing a comprehensive commitment to women’s health – not simply sexual and reproductive<br />

healthcare – but ensuring all research, diagnoses and treatment take gender differences into account;<br />

• Clear standards for culturally competent care – and consumer satisfaction, evaluation and performance<br />

management mechanisms to ensure these standards are consistently achieved;<br />

• Describing how the hospital is reducing physical and other access barriers;<br />

• Human resources, recruitment, training and other diversity practices to ensure the ‘face’ of hospitals reflects<br />

their communities;<br />

• Setting out how internal organizational structures and working cultures such as governance, performance<br />

management and communications have been or will be changed to prioritize equity and diversity;<br />

• Indicating how the hospital does or will systemically collect appropriate equity and diversity- relevant data on<br />

services and patients, and build this into their monitoring and accountability processes;<br />

• Assessing how the hospital has built solid relationships with community-based service providers in their area,<br />

and developed networks and partnerships to deliver innovative services to disadvantaged populations; and<br />

• Community engagement processes and advisory forums to guide and evaluate equity plans and delivery (2008a,<br />

p.10).<br />

Community <strong>Health</strong> Centres and other service providers, Gardner adds, should also demonstrate how they plan to<br />

meet the abovementioned expectations. <strong>Health</strong> equity plans developed by hospitals and other local health service<br />

providers, moreover, would need to also explain, in clear terms, how they relate to the LHINs overall equity vision<br />

and strategic health equity goals. Granted, there would need to be sufficient flexibility in how such requirements are<br />

adapted in local organizational settings, in accord with local capacity.<br />

The LHINs could also play an important capacity building and support role by, for instance, “provid[ing] some<br />

planning, analysis and other enabling support, especially for smaller agencies” (Gardner, 2008a). For compliance<br />

cannot be mandated into existence, where there is insufficient capacity to comply with espoused equity goals<br />

objectives.<br />

Among the potential capacity building and support roles of the LHINs are: providing or supporting training<br />

initiatives; developing health equity/cultural competence ‘guidelines’, if not standards, for care; and establishing or<br />

collaborating with existing health equity researchers, teams and/or corporate research and evaluation units to assist<br />

in knowledge/data gathering and exchange processes that are critical to ensuring effective implementation and<br />

accountability (see below).<br />

The next section describes potential roles for the LHINs in providing health equity research and ‘intelligence’ to<br />

local health providers, in collaboration with researchers and the MOHLTC-based health equity research unit.<br />

87


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.4: Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority Performance Incentives in the NHS<br />

Incentives to perform well in the area of ‘equalities’ and health equity in the UK national healthcare system operate, in part,<br />

through the process by which local Primary Care Trusts (PCTs) apply for and potentially gain NHS ‘Foundation’ status. NHS<br />

Foundation Trusts are afforded considerably greater autonomy and flexibility than Primary Care Trusts in the way they manage<br />

their affairs, in reward for demonstrating a strong performance track record over an extended period of time. Trusts may only<br />

apply for foundation status after being approved by the regional Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority (SHA), 33 which monitors, among other<br />

things, compliance with equalities legislation and health equality policies, and furtherance of strategic goals (which include the<br />

reduction of health inequality). Regional-based Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities, in this capacity, restrict and/or reward primary care<br />

trusts through performance appraisals on diversity and equity issues, which can affect their ability to gain coveted Foundation<br />

status.<br />

D. Measurement and Evaluation<br />

Research and analyses of health disparities and the development of health equity policy/strategy performance<br />

indicators is especially critical to ensuring effective interventions, quality care, and establishing accountability for<br />

performance. A necessary starting point for action on health equity is a basic understanding of the nature, origins<br />

and causes of health disparities within one’s service area. This requires the development of indicators and data<br />

collection sufficient enough to inform analyses of the nature of health inequalities in any catchment area.<br />

“In the face of competing priorities and often scepticism,” Exworthy et al. (2006) argue, “better locally relevant data<br />

on disparities will help keep the issue on the policy agenda and stimulate further action”. This contention is clearly<br />

borne out in analyses of government progress on health equity policy around the world (see Section 3.3.; also see<br />

Mackenbach & Bakker, 2002).<br />

The WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap Report elaborates some of the basic ingredients of what a ‘minimum health<br />

equity surveillance system’ might look like, in this respect (See <strong>Appendix</strong> 3), as well as a framework for a more<br />

comprehensive national health equity surveillance system (See <strong>Appendix</strong> 4). The WHO Commission calls for<br />

research investment and improvement in three broad areas in particular:<br />

• Research on determinants of health inequities, rather than determinants of average population health;<br />

• What works to reduce health inequities in what circumstances, and how best to implement interventions such<br />

that they contribute to a reduction of these inequities; and<br />

• Development of methods for measuring and monitoring health inequities and for evaluating the impact of<br />

population-level interventions (who, 2008, p.186). 34<br />

33 “NHS foundation trusts are a new type of NHS trust in England and have been created to devolve decision-making from central government<br />

control to local organisations and communities so they are more responsive to the needs and wishes of their local people… NHS Foundation<br />

Trusts have greater freedoms and flexibilities than NHS Trusts in the way they manage their affairs e.g.<br />

Freedom from Whitehall control and performance management by Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities<br />

Freedom to access capital on the basis of affordability instead of the current system of centrally controlled allocations<br />

Freedom to invest surpluses in developing new services for local people<br />

Freedom of local flexibility to tailor new governance arrangements to the individual circumstances of their community<br />

In line with the program of reforms set out in The NHS Plan, NHS Foundation Trusts give more power and a greater voice to their local<br />

communities and front line staff over the delivery and development of local healthcare…NHS trusts work on their foundation trust application<br />

under the guidance of their Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority (SHA). A formal application will only come to the Department of <strong>Health</strong> when the SHA is<br />

confident that a trust is ready” (Retrieved February 29, 2009 from<br />

http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/<strong>Health</strong>care/Secondarycare/NHSfoundationtrust/index.htm).<br />

88


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

In the Canadian context, the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group has its own set of recommendations for the reform and<br />

expansion of health indicators and research (e.g. CIHI, Statistics Canada, and the Performance Indicators Reporting<br />

Committee [PIRC] framework mandated as part of the <strong>Health</strong> Accords; see <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004,<br />

p.16-17).<br />

Data systems and Performance measures within the healthcare system<br />

As a first priority in laying down foundations for longer term change within the Ontario healthcare system, it is<br />

essential that the LHINs and service providers they fund and oversee begin to integrate disaggregated measures of<br />

disadvantage (including such variables as race, ethnicity, language, gender, sexual orientation, socio-economic<br />

status, Aboriginal status etc.) into existing data collection systems within the healthcare system so as to begin to<br />

better account for potential differences in health status and healthcare treatment and outcome among different<br />

population groupings (WHO, 2008; Gardner, 2008; GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a; Lettner,<br />

2008c).<br />

Where existing information systems fail to capture potential differential service needs and inequities among<br />

marginalized populations, new data collection systems will need to be developed. In numerous US jurisdictions, as a<br />

result of Civil Rights Legislation, such disaggregated measures are required by law (see Box 4.5 below). Expanded<br />

and more accurate disaggregate data is essential because it “can pinpoint where the gaps are and provide the baseline<br />

for measuring change and improvement” (<strong>Health</strong> Affairs 2005b, 353).<br />

Box. 4.5: Acute Care Hospitals Mandated to Collect race/ethnicity based data in Boston,<br />

Massachusetts<br />

In 2006, policy changes were implemented in Massachusetts to better measure disparities in the quality of health care provided<br />

to racial and ethnic minority residents. Regulations were passed by the Boston Public <strong>Health</strong> Commission (BPHC) and the<br />

Massachusetts Division of <strong>Health</strong> Care Finance and Policy (MDHCFP) that require all acute care hospitals in the city and state to<br />

collect race and ethnicity data from all patients with an inpatient hospitalization, an observation unit stay, or an emergency<br />

department visit.<br />

Source: Weinick et al., 2007<br />

Developing performance indicators and outcome measures in relation to health equity strategic goals and objectives<br />

is particularly important in order to establish accountability for the reduction of health inequity by stakeholders<br />

within the (LHIN) healthcare system (see Betancourt et al., 2005). Such performance measurements and<br />

mechanisms are essential because they “provide the data by which incentives (to reward progress or penalize the<br />

lack of it) are implemented” (Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity and diversity-related measures should not only be incorporated into the performance evaluation<br />

systems set up for policies, programs and services – through such means as internal audits, client satisfaction<br />

assessments, quality assurance data, and outcomes-based evaluations – but also inform the professional performance<br />

evaluations of individual staff members (e.g. through staff performance development plans and evaluations) (GTA<br />

Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a).<br />

It is particularly important that senior managers and Board directors overseeing the development and<br />

implementation of strategic priorities around health equity are rendered individually and professionally accountable<br />

for the success of such policies, in their individual performance contracts and evaluations (ibid.).<br />

34 The broad scope and nature of indicators recommended by the WHO reflects their insistence on the need to significantly broaden the scope of<br />

current healthcare/public health research to include a stronger focus on the social determinants of health.<br />

89


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Exworthy et al., (2006, p.97) offer the following “guiding principles” to help assess existing measurement<br />

mechanisms and help shape their future development (see Table 4.1 below):<br />

Table 4.1: Principles to Consider When Designing and Managing Measurement Mechanisms<br />

Research Capacity Building through partnership and collaboration and/or Establishing a <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />

Research Unit<br />

One of the key recommended means of enhancing research capacity in the above respects, and thereby equitability,<br />

effectiveness, accountability and quality of services rendered, is by creating a health equity research unit or<br />

committee within the LHINs (if not the MOHLTC) dedicated to auditing and monitoring progress on the LHINs<br />

health equity strategy, and building capacity among service providers in the area of research, strategy<br />

implementation and evaluation.<br />

An alternative or additional possible tactic adopted in many jurisdictions is to work in concert with other local<br />

research institutions and public authorities (see for instance Box 4.6 below on the role of the London <strong>Health</strong><br />

Observatory within NHS London).<br />

90


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.6: The London <strong>Health</strong> Observatory<br />

The London <strong>Health</strong> Observatory (LHO) is part of a network of twelve public health observatories (PHOs) across the UK and<br />

Ireland that together form the Association of Public <strong>Health</strong> Observatories (for further information on the LHO and APHO network<br />

and its work see http://www.lho.org.uk/Default.aspx and www.apho.org.uk respectively).The LHO works closely with the Public<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Directorate of NHS London (the regional Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority), as well as other local authorities and bodies,<br />

including Primary Care Trusts, the Greater London Council, researchers/research institutions, and national agencies.<br />

As the national lead among UK’s PHOs in monitoring health inequalities, ethnicity and health, the LHO provides NHS London,<br />

and others, with critical up-to-date information, data and intelligence on the health and heath care of London’s 7.8million citizens.<br />

Such intelligence includes information on a wider variety of determinants of health and health inequality which assists NHS<br />

London (and others) with commissioning and policy decisions. The LHO also runs training programmes in health intelligence<br />

training and capacity-building programmes for health practitioners in London.<br />

As a hosted organisation within NHS London, the LHO also benefits from NHS London’s core services including facilities, human<br />

resources and training opportunities, and is governed by its policies on these and other areas. NHS London has the responsibility<br />

for ensuring that the LHO complies with its legal equality duties.<br />

Sources: NHS London, 2007; and http://www.lho.org.uk/Default.aspx [Retrieved 02/09/09])<br />

Partnerships with research institutions (e.g. Wellesley Institute <strong>Health</strong> Equity Roundtable) and other governmental<br />

and arms-length research bodies (e.g. MOHLTC <strong>Health</strong> Equity Unit, Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council, CIHR, etc.)<br />

are another crucial means of building research capacity in the service of heightening service quality and<br />

accountability (Exworthy et al., 2006; WHO, 2008; Gardner, 2008a; Rachlis, 2007; Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />

Target Setting<br />

The development of performance indicators in relation to policy initiatives and strategic objectives also needs to be<br />

accompanied by the development of concrete performance targets which should include not only process measures<br />

but also, importantly, outcome measures (Gardner, 2008a; Mackenbach et al., 2002b). Developing appropriate<br />

methods of measuring progress against targets must be an integral component of any such target setting exercise<br />

(ibid.).<br />

Judge and Mackenzie (2002), more specifically, warn against the politically motivated tendency to set unrealistic,<br />

aspirational goals and targets that ‘promise to change the world before the next election.’ Instead they recommend<br />

that targets be set only “in terms of the genuinely expected consequences of well specified interventions”, even if<br />

these look “very modest and rather piecemeal to politicians” (p.310; see also Gardner, 2008a). Persons involved in<br />

target setting should clearly articulate the specific “pathways of expected change” by which strategic interventions<br />

are expected to help realize policy targets (ibid.; also see Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />

91


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.7: Examples of health policy targets relating to inequalities in health<br />

NHS London Strategic Plan 2008-2013 [UK]<br />

Target 1: Average life expectancy of Londoners increased by at least 2 years for males and females.<br />

Target 2: Number of primary care clinicians per population to increase as a function of deprivation so that the most deprived<br />

boroughs have more primary care clinicians.<br />

Target 3: The difference in life expectancy between the best and worst boroughs in London is reduced by 10 per cent.<br />

Source: NHS London, 2008.<br />

The WHO Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> Closing the Gap (2008)<br />

Target 1: Reduce by 10 years, between 2000 and 2040, the LEB [Life Expectancy at Birth] gap between the one third of<br />

countries with the highest and the one third of countries with the lowest LEB levels, by levelling up countries with lower LEB.<br />

Halve, between 2000 and 2040, the LEB gap between social groups within countries, by levelling up the LEB of lower<br />

socioeconomic groups.<br />

Target 2: Halve, between 2000 and 2040, adult mortality rates in all countries and in all social groups within countries. In effect,<br />

achieving this target means reducing the gap in adult mortality between and within countries by half.<br />

Target 3: Reduce by 90%, between 2000 and 2040, the under-5 mortality rate in all countries and all social groups within<br />

countries, and reduce by 95%, between 2000 and 2040, the maternal mortality rate in all countries and all social groups within<br />

countries. In effect, achieving this target means reducing the gap in under-5 mortality between and within countries by 90%, and<br />

reducing the gap in maternal mortality between and within countries by 95%.<br />

Source: WHO, 2008<br />

<strong>Health</strong> 21 – <strong>Health</strong> for All in the 21 st Century [WHO]<br />

Target 2 – Equality in <strong>Health</strong><br />

By the year 2020, the health gap between socioeconomic groups within countries should be reduced by at least one fourth<br />

in all Member States, by substantially improving the level of health of disadvantaged groups.<br />

In particular:<br />

*the gap in life expectancy between socioeconomic groups should be reduced by at least 25 per cent;<br />

*the values for major indicators of morbidity, disability and mortality in groups across the socioeconomic gradients should be<br />

more equally distributed;<br />

*socioeconomic conditions that produce adverse health effects, notably differences in income, educational achievement and<br />

access to the labour market, should be substantially improved;<br />

*the proportion of the population living in poverty should be greatly reduced; people having special needs as a result of their<br />

health, social or economic circumstances should be protected from exclusion and given easy access to appropriate care.<br />

Source: WHO, 1999<br />

Ongoing Monitoring & Assessment<br />

<strong>Health</strong> equity policy performance indicators and targets need not only be developed, but also consistently monitored<br />

and reported on an ongoing basis, in order to ensure accountability and the intelligent (on the basis of evaluation<br />

evidence) steering and review of policy objectives and strategic interventions. As Exworthy et al. stress,<br />

policymakers “need to demonstrate the progress of their policies in order to sustain their momentum and to promote<br />

accountability” (2006, p.76).<br />

92


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.8: Tracking <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010<br />

Launched in 2000, ‘<strong>Health</strong>y People 2010’ is a Federal US public health policy and plan developed by the Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />

and Human Services (DHHS) with two primary goals in mind: “to eliminate health disparities among specific segments of<br />

the population” and “to increase quality and years of health life”. These goals inform the policy’s 467 objectives which are<br />

organized into 28 focus areas. A selected set of 10 objectives – physical activity, overweight and obesity, tobacco use,<br />

substance abuse, responsible sexual behaviour, mental health, injury and violence, environmental quality, immunization, and<br />

access to health care - known as the Leading <strong>Health</strong> Indicators, form part of a larger ‘tracking’ program that sets targets and<br />

assesses the progress toward its objectives.<br />

The National Center for <strong>Health</strong> Statistics (NCHS) is responsible for coordinating the effort to monitor the Nation's progress toward<br />

the targets, using data from NCHS data systems as well as from more than 190 different other data sources, from more than<br />

seven Federal Government Departments (including <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, Commerce, Education, Justice, Labor,<br />

Transportation, and the Environmental Protection Agency), and from voluntary and private non-governmental organizations. To<br />

the extent appropriate, data for the objectives are provided for subgroups defined by relevant dimensions such as sociodemographic<br />

subgroups of the population, health status, or geographic classifications.<br />

Data are made available through DATA2010, an interactive database system accessible through the NCHS web site and the<br />

CDC WONDER system.<br />

Source: www.healthypeople.gov/About/ (Retrieved March 3, 2009)<br />

E. <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment<br />

Ongoing evaluation and assessment of policy initiatives, programs and services for their health equity impact is<br />

particularly critical to ensuring effective, efficient and equitable programs and services and accountability for the<br />

latter. <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment tools, as currently used by various health authorities in the UK, Australia<br />

and New Zealand, are of particular usefulness in this respect (see Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2008a, 2008b [UK];<br />

London <strong>Health</strong> Commission, 2008; Rangahau and Pomare, 2003 [New Zealand]; Simpson, 2005 [Australia];<br />

Ritsatakis et al. 2002 [Europe]). <strong>Health</strong> Canada has adopted Frankish et al.’s (1996) definition of <strong>Health</strong> Impact<br />

Assessment as “any combination of procedures or methods by which a proposed policy or program may be judged<br />

as to the effect(s) it may have on the health of a population”.<br />

While health impact assessments (HIAs) have a longer history, with origins in environmental impact assessment and<br />

healthy public policy (see for instance <strong>Health</strong> Canada 1994), health equity focused impact assessments (also known<br />

as equity audits) have more recent origins in the UK, owing in part to that countries legislated ‘duties’ around<br />

equality, which include requirements to assess policies for their impact on various diversity groups.<br />

The UK Department of <strong>Health</strong> describes health equity impact assessments as “appraisals of the impact of policies<br />

or interventions on health disparities” (2002). <strong>Health</strong> equity impact assessments were a major recommendation of<br />

the Acheson Inquiry (1998) and have since been operationalized in numerous jurisdictions around the world, most<br />

notably, at present, Australia, New Zealand and the UK (see Box 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and Box 4.9 and Box 4.10 for more on<br />

Australian, UK and New Zealand uses of such Impact Assessment Tools). Canada has developed a similar genderspecific<br />

methodological tool - Gender-Based Analysis (GBA) - for assessing the gender impact of policies,<br />

programs and services (see <strong>Health</strong> Canada, 2000).<br />

According to an international (‘Gothenburg’) consensus paper deriving from an international seminar in Manchester<br />

in June 2000, HIA includes “consideration of evidence about the anticipated relationships between a proposed<br />

policy or project and the health of a population and of the opinions, experience and expectations of those who may<br />

be affected.<br />

It aims to provide more informed understanding by decision-makers and the public regarding the effects of the<br />

proposed policy, and to propose adjustments and options to maximize positive and minimize negative health<br />

impacts” (Gothenburg, 2001; as paraphrased by Ritsatakis et al., 2002).<br />

93


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

HIA methodologies involve both community/stakeholder consultation and more ‘expert’-based and derived<br />

assessments of the research evidence.<br />

Among the many benefits of <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment are:<br />

• Its heightening of awareness and reflexivity among policymakers as to the impact of their policies on different<br />

social groups and the value-ladenness of the policymaking process.<br />

• Its proactivity - health-disparity-prevention and health-promotion potential - in enabling assessments of<br />

unintended health impacts of proposed policies on health disparities prospectively. It also enables the<br />

consideration of ways to enhance health equity promoting factors when weighing or revising policy options.<br />

• Its mainstreaming of health equity considerations as part and parcel of all policymaking processes<br />

• Its evidence-basis and emphasis on the rigorous use of evidence regarding actual or potential health equity<br />

impact. It also generates data for future program/service reform and strategic development and policymaking.<br />

• Its emphasis on consultation with affected stakeholders and empowerment of marginalized groups in the<br />

assessment process (which also facilitates knowledge-exchange).<br />

• Its potential to increase the transparency and public accountability of decision-making processes through public<br />

involvement and public reporting of results of impact assessments (as is the practice in the UK).<br />

The scope of health equity impact assessments have been expanded in some jurisdictions to include an assessment of<br />

not only policies, but also programs, services, projects, and budgeting and allocation processes. The City of Toronto<br />

has for instance developed an ‘equity lens’ and requires that equity impact statements be included in City Reports<br />

and budget allocation processes.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> impact assessments have also been used in Sweden, England, and the Netherlands to screen and assess<br />

legislation, policies and initiatives in other sectors that are likely to have a direct or indirect effect on health and<br />

health inequalities (see for instance WHO, 2008, p.115 and London <strong>Health</strong> Commission, 2008 for examples of such<br />

broader uses of health impact assessments by the London <strong>Health</strong> Commission across policy sectors). HIAs have also<br />

been commended for their potential to promote intersectoral collaboration through such intersectoral evaluation<br />

processes.<br />

94


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.9: Equality impact assessment (EqIA) – UK Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />

UK policymakers in the Department of <strong>Health</strong> are required to screen all new (and eventually, all existing) policies for their impact<br />

on people from different ethnic backgrounds, people with disabilities, men and women (including transgendered people), people<br />

with different sexual orientations, people in different age groups, and people with different religions or beliefs.<br />

Decisions about the potential for impact on these various groups are required to be (qualitative and/or quantitative) evidence<br />

based (See Department of <strong>Health</strong> 2008b, p.19-25 for more on sources of evidence).<br />

EqIA’s form part and parcel of a broader process by which the Department of <strong>Health</strong> demonstrates its compliance with equality<br />

legislation in conjunction with the DH Single Equality Scheme.<br />

The diagram below provides an overview of the process by which policies are screened and assessed:<br />

Source: Department of <strong>Health</strong> 2008b, p.8.<br />

95


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Box 4.10: A <strong>Health</strong> Equity Assessment Tool (Equity Lens) for Tackling Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> –<br />

New Zealand Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />

The New Zealand Department of <strong>Health</strong> (2004) has developed a health equity impact self-assessment tool for the healthcare<br />

sector that consists of a series of questions to assist health authorities to ‘consider how particular inequalities in health have<br />

come about, and where the effective intervention points are to tackle them.’ These questions include:<br />

1. What health issue is the policy/programme trying to address?<br />

2. What inequalities exist in this health area?<br />

3. Who is most advantaged and how?<br />

4. How did the inequality occur? (What are the mechanisms by which this inequality was created, is maintained or increased?)<br />

5. What are the determinants of this inequality?<br />

6. How will you address the Treaty of Waitangi in the context of the New Zealand Public <strong>Health</strong> and Disability Act 2000?<br />

7. Where/how will you intervene to tackle this issue? Use the Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Intervention Framework to guide your thinking.<br />

8. How could this intervention affect health inequalities?<br />

9. Who will benefit most?<br />

10. What might the unintended consequences be?<br />

11. What will you do to make sure it does reduce/eliminate inequalities?<br />

12. How will you know if inequalities have been reduced/eliminated?<br />

Source: Te Roopu Rangahau a Erü Pomare., Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy. 2003. A <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />

Assessment Tool. Wellington: Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy, Wellington School of Medicne and <strong>Health</strong> Sciences. Adapted by<br />

Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> in May 2004 from Bro Taf Authority. 2000. Planning for Positive Impact: <strong>Health</strong> inequalities impact assessment<br />

tool. Cardiff: Bro Taf Authority<br />

There are also numerous diversity and cultural competence organizational self-assessment tools and diversity<br />

performance management frameworks (see for instance the LHINS Diversity Self-Assessment Tool developed by<br />

the GTA Diversity Group; Wilson-Stronks et al., 2008; Olavarria et al., 2005; Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory<br />

Committee of the Ministry of Children and Families, 1998).<br />

There are nevertheless limitations to relying solely on self-assessment, particularly insofar as these rely upon<br />

organizations and staff being honest, objective, self-critical and comprehensive. Partly to counter criticisms of an<br />

over-reliance on self-assessment of previous performance evaluation systems in the UK, the <strong>Health</strong>care Commission<br />

(an independent healthcare inspection agency in England and Wales) has come to play an expanded role in<br />

reviewing healthcare provider progress toward national standards (including health inequality targets) (Exworthy et<br />

al., 2006).<br />

National and local health authorities in the UK are also subject to external assessments as part of the process of<br />

applying for the ‘Equality Mark’ – a government sanctioned validation award of ones excellence in meeting the<br />

Equality Standard for <strong>Local</strong> Government (ESLG), which includes a 5-level evaluation framework for progress on<br />

equality (see Improvement and Development Agency website at<br />

http://www.idea.gov.uk/idk/core/page.do?pageId=5145192).<br />

NHS London and other strategic health authorities also regularly commission independent research into the degree<br />

of compliance of London NHS organisations with various equality legislative acts and duties. Trusts within NHS<br />

London are also required to seek out feedback from their users, employees and partner organisations on their<br />

performance around equity and diversity issues to ensure that a gap does not exist and open up between their<br />

perception of the organization’s achievements and the reality.<br />

Client satisfaction surveys are particularly critical to enhancing public accountability and ensuring that strategic<br />

policy initiatives and interventions are achieving their intended results, from the perspective of service users.<br />

96


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

F. Reporting and Transparency<br />

Finally it is critical, to the establishment and maintenance of accountability, that the results of monitoring and<br />

assessment are regularly reported, ideally, to the public, and in a manner that allows for comparability of reported<br />

information across the health system.<br />

The production and publication of diversity/health equity report cards on an annual basis, available to the public, is a<br />

particularly good incentive for motivating action, compliance and good performance on health equity issues (GTA<br />

Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a).<br />

The use of reports cards or scorecards as a means of measuring the progress of health disparities policies is a<br />

growing phenomenon in numerous jurisdictions (see Box 4.11 below for example of San Francisco <strong>Health</strong> Report<br />

Card; also see Trivedi et al., 2005; Davies, Washington, and Bindman, 2002; Nerenz et al., 2002/2005; Exworthy et<br />

al., 2006).<br />

Report cards have been found to be a useful means of sustaining direction and momentum and increasing<br />

accountability. In the broader UK governmental system of checks, report cards take the simple form of a traffic light<br />

(red for failure to meet targets, yellow for intermediate outcome, and green for passing or surpassing targets). It is<br />

important, moreover, that consequences are attached to performance outcomes, whether positive or negative.<br />

Box 4.11: San Francisco Department of Public <strong>Health</strong> Report Card on <strong>Health</strong> Disparities<br />

The San Francisco Department of Public <strong>Health</strong> produced the first US public health report card in 2002, focusing on maternal<br />

and infant health indicators of different ethno-racial groupings in particular. The report card adopted six indicators relating to the<br />

city’s progress in meeting the national <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 objectives (see Table below). Each indicator was graded as to the<br />

extent (percentage more specifically) to which it had achieved the <strong>Health</strong>y People 2000 objective. A positive or negative symbol<br />

denoted whether they were “within” or “off” the target for HP-2010, as the example of low birth weight below illustrates (see Table<br />

below). Each indicator reported also included local comparisons of the rates of “all races” and “African Americans”, as per below.<br />

_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />

San Francisco Report Card: Low Birth Weight<br />

Indcator: Category All Races African Americans<br />

<strong>Health</strong>y People 2000 Objective 5.0 % 9.0%<br />

<strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 Objective 5.0% 5.0%<br />

San Francisco Rate, 2000 6.4% 12.4%<br />

San Francisco Grade* C- D-<br />

Note: *Grades are linked to the percentage of the 2000 target achieved (A = 90-100%;<br />

B = 80-89%; C = 70-79%; D = 60-69%; F = less than 60%).<br />

_________________________________________________________________________________<br />

The results highlighted the enormous challenge facing San Francisco’s policymakers and practitioners in reducing disparities<br />

between African Americans and ‘all races’ as well as between the local rate and national policy objectives.<br />

Source: Exworthy et al., 2006<br />

97


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Summing up the importance and benefits of measuring and monitoring health inequities, the Canadian intergovernmental<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group concludes:<br />

An essential element of any such strategy [to further prioritize commitments to disparities reduction and<br />

establish methods of accountability of all stakeholders for improvement] includes the measurement of<br />

disparities and regular reports on progress. Good data not only advances understanding of what works and<br />

what does not; good and clear reports also galvanize support for disparities reduction. With the right<br />

indicator sets, the health sector can achieve a better balance between accountability for providing<br />

high-quality health care services and accountability for addressing disparities. (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task<br />

Group, 2004, p.18).<br />

98


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

PART 3<br />

CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING AND<br />

EDUCATION<br />

While there is significant variation in the specific content of cultural competence training initiatives, these tend to<br />

fall into three main categories, in terms of their focus: (1) Attitudes, (2) Knowledge and (3) Skills (Curtis, 2007;<br />

California Endowment, 2003; Haarmans, 2004). Though not all training frameworks cover all three of these areas<br />

and differ in their emphases (see Limitations for instance), this threefold framework for training has been likened to<br />

a three-legged stool: “the structure would fail if one ‘leg were missing” (California Endowment, 2003). Further<br />

stabilizing these three training legs, researchers argue, is “a committed consciousness and receptive attitude” (ibid.),<br />

without which the knowledge and skills related to cultural competence in health care would be seriously<br />

compromised.<br />

This tripartite training framework - applicable at any and all stages of the developmental learning process - is<br />

discernible, in one form or another, in nearly all of the cultural competence training frameworks and modules<br />

discussed below.<br />

5.1 CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING FRAMEWORKS<br />

D.W. Sue et al. (1992)<br />

D. W. Sue, Arredondo & McDavis (1992) are widely credited with having developed this tripartite framework for<br />

cultural competency, which remains the most widely cited and recognized in the cultural competence training<br />

literature.<br />

The training framework they have conceptualized and developed (discussed also in Section 2.3B/I) to enhance the<br />

cultural competence of services and programs, particularly at the client-counsellor interface, revolves around the<br />

aforementioned three themes:<br />

• Cultural awareness and beliefs: Training in this ‘affective domain’ of competencies is designed to enhance<br />

providers’ sensitivity to their personal values and biases and how these may influence perceptions of the client,<br />

client’s problem, and the counselling relationship.<br />

• Cultural knowledge: Training in this ‘cognitive domain’ of competencies is designed to increase providers’<br />

knowledge of the client’s culture, worldview, and expectations for the counselling relationship.<br />

• Cultural skills: Training in this ‘practice domain’ of competencies is designed to increase providers’ ability to<br />

intervene in a manner that is culturally sensitive and relevant in cross-cultural situations (Sue et al., 2006, 1992;<br />

see Haarmans, 2004 for more detailed elaboration of competencies within this tripartite framework).<br />

This framework informs the American Psychological Association’s Multicultural Guidelines (2003) and<br />

numerous other cultural competency training modules, frameworks, and standards (see for instance Miyake Geron,<br />

2002; Campinha-Bacote, 1996; Rosenjack Burchum, 2002; Kim-Godwin et al., 2001).<br />

Haarmans (2004)<br />

In one of the most comprehensive reviews of the cultural competence training literature, Haarmans (2004) further<br />

develops and fleshes out Sue et al.’s (1992) tripartite framework and adds a critical fourth competency area that<br />

concerns ‘power/relationship’ issues (discussed below).<br />

99


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Haarmans four-field clinical cultural competence training framework consists of the following practice components<br />

and related competencies:<br />

• Awareness:<br />

• Own cultural values & biases; and<br />

• Client worldview.<br />

• Knowledge:<br />

• Culture-specific (Emic); and<br />

• Culture-generic (Etic).<br />

• Skills:<br />

• Pre-engagement;<br />

• Engagement;<br />

• Assessment/feedback;<br />

• Treatment/intervention;<br />

• Closure/discharge; and<br />

• Research & Education.<br />

• Power/Relationship Issues:<br />

• Client-therapist dyad (Micro-Level); and<br />

• Client-system (Macro-Level).<br />

Most distinguishing about Haarmans framework is its attention to issues of power in and beyond the clinical setting,<br />

as these impact client-clinician relationships. As Haarmans argues: “Power Relationship/Issues is a particularly<br />

important domain due to the power differential inherent in the client-clinician relationship” (2004, p.8).<br />

Drawing on the work of Sodowsky et al. (1994), Haarmans fourth domain focuses on power relationships at both the<br />

micro (client-clinician) and macro (client-system power/relationships issues) level of interaction, drawing attention,<br />

in this latter respect, to the “impacts of systemic oppression, discrimination, racism and deprivation at the sociocultural,<br />

institutional, and political levels on psychosocial, political, and economic development” (2004, p.8).<br />

AMCD Multicultural Counselling Competencies (Arrendondo et al., 1996)<br />

The Association for Multicultural Counselling and Development (AMCD) is an association of counselling<br />

professionals that “seeks to develop programs specifically to improve ethnic and racial empathy and understanding”<br />

(http://www.amcdaca.org/amcd/whatisamcd.cfm; retrieved March 8, 2009). Its website motto is ‘Providing global<br />

leadership, research, training and development for multicultural counselling professionals with a focus on racial and<br />

ethnic issues” (ibid.).<br />

The AMCD’s framework for multicultural counselling training was developed by Arrendondo et al. (1996), largely<br />

on the basis of the work of Sue & Arrendondo et al. (1992). Sue et al. recommend, in their (1998) work, that this<br />

series of multicultural competencies and standards be adopted by the American Association for Counselling and<br />

Development (now simply known as the American Association for Counselling).<br />

Arrendondo’s AMCD framework very much reflects Sue & Arrendondo et al.’s (1992) tripartite framework. It<br />

includes three broad content areas, each of which are subdivided by a series of competencies organized by the<br />

attitudes, knowledge, and skills required. These three broad content areas include:<br />

1. Counsellor Awareness of Own Cultural Values and Biases;<br />

2. Counsellor Awareness of Client's Worldview; and<br />

3. Culturally Appropriate Intervention Strategies.<br />

100


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

This framework and the specific ternary of competencies within each of these framework pillars are presented in full<br />

in <strong>Appendix</strong> 5.<br />

5.2 CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING STANDARDS & QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

US post-secondary educational institutions have been at the forefront of developing and incorporating cultural<br />

competence modules into the standard educational curriculum for medical/health-care professionals in training. A<br />

2004 paper in the Journal of the American Medical Association for instance found that among close to 8,000<br />

graduate medical educational programs surveyed in the United States, 50.7 percent offered cultural competence<br />

training in 2003–2004, up from 35.7 percent in 2000–2001 (Brotherton, 2004; cited in Betancourt et al., 2005).<br />

Betancourt et al. (2005) attribute this transformation to a combination of ‘stick’ and ‘carrot’ approaches.<br />

The ‘stick’, in this respect, has taken the form of increasing regulatory pressures since 2002, particularly in the form<br />

of accreditation standards. In 2002, the Liaison Committee on Medical Education (LCME) introduced the first<br />

official cultural competence accreditation standards, and required all medical schools to integrate these into their<br />

curricula.<br />

The Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) has also introduced cultural competence<br />

standards for residency programs (see ACGME, 2004). New Jersey has gone even further with the stick approach<br />

and passed legislation in 2005 that requires cultural competence education as a requirement for the licensure of<br />

health care professionals (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004).<br />

Exemplifying the ‘carrot’ approach, which has also helped to move the medical education field forward in the area<br />

of cultural competence, the New York State of <strong>Health</strong> modified its $33 million per year Graduate Medical Education<br />

Reform Incentive Pool in 2004 to ‘reward residency programs that provided eight hours of cultural competence<br />

training to at least 80 percent of residents’ (New York Dept of <strong>Health</strong> 2004; cited in Betancourt et al., 2005).<br />

Demonstrating the effectiveness of this ‘carrot’ approach, “[i]n the first year, 66 of the 104 residency programs in<br />

New York State proposed new cultural competence curricula” (ibid.).<br />

Cultural competence training outside of post-secondary educational contexts, for practicing healthcare professionals,<br />

contrastingly, remains “haphazard and varying in quality”, in no small part due to the lack of agreed upon standards<br />

and evaluative criteria by which to assess cultural competence training in such contexts (California Endowment,<br />

2003).<br />

The development of such training standards in continuous professional education and development contexts is a key<br />

area for future research. In the meantime, educational standards and evaluative tools (such as the TACCT; see<br />

below) of cultural competence borrowed from post-secondary educational contexts and curricula could be adapted to<br />

continuous learning contexts.<br />

Aside from the Association for Multicultural Counselling and Development’s Multicultural Counselling<br />

Competencies, which have been proposed by Sue et al. (1998) as standards for the American Counselling<br />

Association but not adopted, the only other proposed ‘standards’ for cultural competency training discovered in the<br />

literature derive from the California Endowment’s (2003) Report, Principles and Recommended Standards for<br />

Cultural Competence Education of <strong>Health</strong> Care Professionals. The recommendations from this report are explored<br />

below.<br />

Principles and Recommended Standards for Cultural Competence Education of <strong>Health</strong> Care Professionals.<br />

(California Endowment, 2003): The Principles and Standards recommended in the 2003 California Endowment<br />

report are designed to accompany the Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services in <strong>Health</strong> Care (CLAS<br />

Standards) adopted by the Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> in 2002. Intended for “persons who are charged with direct<br />

patient care and the delivery of health care services” (CE, 2003), the standards “provide guidance as to the general<br />

content and organization of educational programs” (ibid.). The Reports authors thus advise that “experts in specific<br />

health care disciplines” be consulted to integrate relevant subject matter into the suggested framework of standards<br />

101


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

(CE, 2003). The (2003) Report opens up with the following twelve ‘Guiding Principles’ for cultural competence<br />

education and training of health care professionals (in no particular order):<br />

1. The goals of cultural competence training should be: 1) increased self- awareness and receptivity to diverse<br />

patient populations on the part of health care professionals; 2) clinical excellence and strong therapeutic<br />

alliances with patients; and 3) reduction of health care disparities through improved quality and costeffective<br />

care for all populations.<br />

2. In all trainings, there should be a broad and inclusive definition of cultural and population diversity<br />

including consideration of race, ethnicity, class, age, gender, sexual orientation, disability, language,<br />

religion and other indices of difference.<br />

3. Training efforts should be developmental, in terms of the institution and the individual. Institutions may start<br />

out simply in their inclusion of cultural competency training as a specific area of study but are<br />

expected to build in more complex, integrated and in-depth attention to cultural issues in later stages of<br />

professional education. Trainees should be expected to become progressively more sophisticated in<br />

understanding the complexities of diversity and culture as they relate to patient populations and health<br />

care. Both instructional programs and student learning should be regularly evaluated in order to provide<br />

feedback to the on-going development of educational programs.<br />

4. Cultural competence training is best organized around enhancing providers’ attitudes, knowledge and skills, and<br />

attention to the interaction of these three factors is important at every level of the training. It is important to<br />

recognize the extensive pre-existing knowledge and skill base of health care professionals, and to seek to<br />

promote cultural competence within this context.<br />

5. While factual information is important, educators should focus on process-oriented tools and concepts<br />

that will serve the practitioner well in communicating and developing therapeutic alliances with all types of<br />

patients.<br />

6. Cultural competence training is best integrated into numerous courses, symposia and experiential,<br />

clinical, evaluation and practicum activities as they occur throughout an educational curriculum. Attention<br />

may need to be directed to faculty, staff and administrative development in cultural competence in order to<br />

effect this integration.<br />

7. Following on the above, cultural competence education should be institutionalized within a school<br />

or health care organization so that when curriculum or training is planned or changed, appropriate<br />

cultural competence issues can be included.<br />

8. Cultural competence education is best achieved within an interdisciplinary framework and context, drawing<br />

upon the numerous fields that contribute to skill and knowledge in the field.<br />

9. Education and training should be respectful of the needs, the practice contexts and the levels of<br />

receptivity of the learners.<br />

10. Education in cultural competence should be congruent with, and, where possible, framed in the context of<br />

existing policy and educational guidelines of professional accreditation and practice organizations, such<br />

as the Accreditation Council on Graduate Medical Education, the Liaison Committee on<br />

Medical Education, the American Academy of Nursing, the National Association of Social Workers,<br />

the Society for Public <strong>Health</strong> Education and the Academies and Colleges of Family Practice,<br />

Paediatrics, Emergency Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynaecology.<br />

11. Wherever possible, diverse patients, community representatives, consumers and advocates should participate<br />

as resources in the design, implementation and evaluation of cultural competence curricula.<br />

12. Finally, cultural competence education should take place in a safe, non- judgmental, supportive<br />

environment. While the Principles and Recommended Standards are focused on the education and training<br />

of health care professionals, the schools and organizations in which they study and work must be<br />

settings that are conducive to functioning in a culturally competent way and visibly support the goals of<br />

culturally competent care.<br />

102


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

More specifically, the (2003) Report offers training-related cultural competency standards in four main areas:<br />

• Content of Cultural Competence Education<br />

• Training Methods and Modalities<br />

• Evaluating Cultural Competence Learning<br />

• Standards Relating to the Qualification of Cultural Competence Teachers and Trainers<br />

The Standards for Cultural Competence Education and Training are subdivided into three cultural competency<br />

categories of Attitudes, Knowledge, Skills (see <strong>Appendix</strong> 6 for elaboration of Recommended Standards for the<br />

Content of Cultural Competence Education).<br />

Tool for Assessment of Cultural Competence Training (TACCT)<br />

The Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) has developed a self-administered “tool for the assessment<br />

of cultural competence training” (TACCT) to assist medical schools in meeting their accreditation standards, as<br />

required by the Liaison Committee on Medical Education, and the Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical<br />

Education (ACGME) (see http://www.aamc.org/meded/tacct/start.htm). The TACCT was designed as a framework<br />

for evaluating and examining the various components of a medical school’s cultural competence curriculum. It<br />

could also usefully be adapted to assess and inform the development of cultural competence training programs and<br />

modules for health care organizations.<br />

There are two parts to the TACCT. The first part, Domains, is designed to guide the assessment and monitoring of<br />

overall curricular offerings. It helps to identify any gaps or redundancies in such offerings (see below for framework<br />

outline). The second part, Specific Components, provides a framework for the identification of education for<br />

detailed knowledge, skills and attitudes. These two parts of the TACCT are explored in outline form below.<br />

1. TACCT Content Domains<br />

The first part of the TACCT – cultural competence domains – outlines five TACCT domains for cultural<br />

competence education:<br />

• Domain I: Cultural Competence—Rationale, Context, and Definition<br />

• Definition and understanding of the importance of cultural competence; how cultural issues affect health<br />

and health-care quality and cost; and, the consequences of cultural issues;<br />

• Definitions of race, ethnicity, and culture, including the culture of medicine; and<br />

• Clinicians’ self-assessment, reflection, and self-awareness of own culture, assumptions, stereotypes, biases.<br />

• Domain II: Key Aspects of Cultural Competence<br />

• Epidemiology of population health;<br />

• Patient/family-centered vs. physician-centered care: emphasis on patients’/families’ healing traditions and<br />

beliefs [for example, ethno-medical healers];<br />

• Institutional cultural issues; and<br />

• Information on the history of the patient and his/her community of people.<br />

• Domain III: Understanding the Impact of Stereotyping on Medical Decision-Making<br />

• History of stereotyping, including limited access to health care and education;<br />

• Bias, stereotyping, discrimination, and racism; and<br />

• Effects of stereotyping on medical decision-making.<br />

• Domain IV: <strong>Health</strong> Disparities and Factors Influencing <strong>Health</strong><br />

• History of health-care design and discrimination;<br />

103


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Epidemiology of specific health and health-care disparities;<br />

• Factors underlying health and health-care disparities—access, socioeconomic, environment, institutional,<br />

racial/ethnic;<br />

• Demographic patterns of health-care disparities, both local and national; and<br />

• Collaborating with communities to eliminate disparities—through community experiences.<br />

• Domain V: Cross-Cultural Clinical Skills<br />

• Knowledge, respect, and validation of differing values, cultures, and beliefs, including sexual orientation,<br />

gender, age, race, ethnicity, and class;<br />

• Dealing with hostility/discomfort as a result of cultural discord;<br />

• Eliciting a culturally valid social and medical history;<br />

• Communication, interaction, and interviewing skills;<br />

• Understanding language barriers and working with interpreters;<br />

• Negotiating and problem-solving skills; and<br />

• Diagnosis, management, and patient-adherence skills leading to patient compliance (AAMC, 2005, p. 9).<br />

2. Specific Components Grid<br />

The second part (Specific Components) of the TACTT identifies and details the specific knowledge (K), skills (S),<br />

and attitudes (A) that need to be taught and evaluated for, under each of these five domains.<br />

5.3. LIMITATIONS OF THE TRAINING LITERATURE, FRAMEWORKS & STANDARDS<br />

(1) Lack of evidence-base and quality evaluation<br />

One of the greatest limitations of the existing cultural competence training literature is the lack of empirical data<br />

concerning what makes diversity training, and linguistically and culturally appropriate health education training in<br />

particular, effective (Curtis et al., 2007; Anderson et al., 2003).<br />

Much of this has to do with the poor methodological design and/or rigour of the few evaluations in the literature that<br />

do examine the impact of cultural competence training on minority health care quality (Beach et al., 2005; Beach et<br />

al, 2006; and Curtis et al., 2007). Most such studies, for instance, rely on self-administered tools for evaluation that<br />

have not been validated (Gozu et al., 2007) 35 and base themselves on post-test only or single group pre-test/post-test<br />

self-reports of knowledge and attitudes acquired in the process (Haarmans, 2004).<br />

While there is some evidence that properly designed cultural competence training can change trainees attitudes<br />

(Curtis et al., 2007; Crosson et al., 2004; ), there is a lack of evidence substantiating that such training improves<br />

‘patient adherence to therapy, health outcomes, and equity of services across racial and ethnic groups’ (Beach et al.,<br />

2005).<br />

(2) Attitude focus<br />

A second major limitation of cultural competence training discussed in the literature concerns the continuing overemphasis<br />

in a lot of cultural competence training designs on awareness-building aimed at attitude change. “The<br />

literature indicates that current diversity training practices begin and end with awareness building” Curtis et al., for<br />

instance conclude, in their (2007) review of diversity and cultural competence training literature between 2000 and<br />

2005.<br />

35 Curtis et al., (2007) for instance note, in the former respect, a significant discrepancy between the reported results of subjective (self-report)<br />

measures of attitude change, and the results of survey methods measuring attitude change using standardized instruments, which are much more<br />

mixed.<br />

104


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

There is a corresponding neglect or under-emphasis of skills-focused training interventions (Curtis et al., 2007;<br />

Engerbretso et al., 2008).<br />

Curtis et al., moreover, cite research findings that suggest “even if measurable attitudinal change does occur as a<br />

reported consequence of [such attitude-based] training, attitudinal change does not necessarily result in<br />

changed behaviour” (see also Armour, Bain, & Rubio, 2004; Bieschke et al., 2003; Tomlinson-Clarke 2000).<br />

(3) Stereotyping<br />

Another limitation associated with knowledge-based approaches to cultural competence training concerns the<br />

persistence of stereotyping teaching strategies that depict groups in static, homogeneous ways (Betancourt et al.,<br />

2005; Engerbretso et al., 2008). The failure to recognize the complexity of individual cultural identity and<br />

formation, can lead to misdiagnosis and culturally incompetent care. Frequently, such ‘categorical’ approaches to<br />

training focusing on the particular cultural norms of particular ethnic groups, moreover, fail to address and account<br />

for the cultural orientation of the dominant health care system and its providers (Engerbretson et al., 2008).<br />

(4) Lack of standards and criteria for assessment<br />

While cultural competence education for medical/healthcare professionals in training in universities and colleges has<br />

grown in sophistication and consistency as a result of the introduction of accreditation standards, continuing cultural<br />

competence education for practicing health care professionals has been described as “increasingly haphazard and<br />

varying in quality” (California Endowment, 2003). One of the major reasons for this is the lack of agreed upon<br />

standards and evaluative criteria by which to plan or assess cultural competence training for existing healthcare<br />

professionals (ibid.).<br />

(5) Training as substitute for organizational change<br />

A last salient limitation or critique of cultural competence training in the literature is the false sense of<br />

accomplishment this can bestow on organizations providing it. Cross et al.’s (1989) cultural competence continuum<br />

for assessing organizations is telling in this respect as it situates organizations at the pre-competence phase as<br />

frequently and inordinately focussing on training and diverse staff hiring, yet too often to the neglect of more<br />

fundamental and systemic changes in the way business is conducted in the organization.<br />

Cultural competence training – most of which tends to focus on improving individual staff attitudes, knowledge, and<br />

behaviour - is a necessary but insufficient condition (and certainly no substitute) for improving the cultural and<br />

linguistic appropriateness and accessibility of programs and services.<br />

5.4. BEST PRACTICES & RECOMMENDATIONS<br />

Among the salient recommendations and best practices identified in this review of the cultural competence training<br />

literature are:<br />

• Evaluating - and properly designing evaluations (e.g. experimental pre/post-test designs using validated<br />

instruments) of - training programs for their impact on trainees behaviour as well as client health outcomes<br />

(Gozu et al., 2007; Curtis et al., 2007).<br />

• Developing greater (evidence-based) consensus on training standards and evaluative criteria for cultural<br />

competency training and skills assessment. This is a particularly important priority in the field of continuous<br />

education for existing health care professionals (OMH, 2001; Betancourt, 2005).<br />

• Focusing on skills versus solely attitudes and knowledge in training modules by employing a practiceoriented,<br />

skills-based approach to training that focuses on specific competencies and skills required to<br />

function culturally competently in a particular organizational setting (Engerbretso et al., 2008).<br />

Taking a systems approach to cultural competence training. A systems approach treats training as a “key<br />

component of a health care organization’s strategic approach to organizational performance”, and links it to the<br />

105


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

attainment of these strategic goals for improved quality of care (Curtis et al., 2007). The systems approach as such<br />

encourages and requires the following steps:<br />

• Determine diversity and cultural competence goals in the context of strategy;<br />

• Measure current performance against needs;<br />

• Design training to address the gap;<br />

• Implement the training;<br />

• Assess training effectiveness; and<br />

• Strive for continuous improvement (Curtis et al., 2007; see Figure 5.1 below).<br />

Figure 5.1: Curtis et al.’s systems approach to leadership development and organizational competence.<br />

Source: Curtis et al., 2007. Adapted from the (2005) National Center for <strong>Health</strong> care Leadership Development<br />

System.<br />

• Training of health care policy-makers and practitioners in conducting health equity impact assessments<br />

(WHO, 2008; See Box 3.5). “In-depth training on the conduct of [<strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessments] should be<br />

provided to a minimum of one member of staff from each directorate/section of the organisation so that [health<br />

equity] expertise is available in each of its specific functions/policy areas” (North <strong>Central</strong> London Strategic<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Authority, 2006).<br />

106


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• Ongoing education and training in culturally and linguistically appropriate service delivery is offered to<br />

staff at all levels and across all organizational functions. 36 Such training, moreover, is tailored to target and<br />

nurture the appropriate skill-sets required at the relevant organizational level and area of functioning (OMH,<br />

2001).<br />

• Training addresses the dynamic, intersectional nature and bases of culture and cultural identity and is<br />

sensitive to relations of power, both in the immediate client-practitioner relation, and in the larger societal<br />

context (see Haarmans 2004 in this latter respect). Knowledge-based components of cultural competence<br />

training, in this respect, should draw on “anthropological theories, epidemiological data, socioeconomic status,<br />

and the social and historic context of the population” so as to guard against stereotyping teaching strategies<br />

(Engerbretso et al., 2008).<br />

• Finally, it is also advisable that training modules be developed more explicitly around health equity, which<br />

would engage themes and skill sets beyond (albeit including) cultural competence.<br />

36 The National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate <strong>Health</strong> Care Services (CLAS) suggests that the standard requiring<br />

training for staff at all levels “may be the single most important element of assuring the cultural competence of an organization, and one of the<br />

elements most directly related to clinical care and outcomes” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001, p.5).<br />

107


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 1:<br />

HRSA Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment Profile Structure, Process and Output Indicators<br />

DOMAIN: Organizational Values<br />

Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators<br />

An organization's perspective and attitudes regarding the worth and importance of cultural competence,<br />

and its commitment to providing culturally competent care.<br />

INDICATORS<br />

FOCUS AREAS<br />

STRUCTURE<br />

PROCESS<br />

STRUCTURE<br />

PROCESS<br />

OUTPUT<br />

Leadership,<br />

Investment,<br />

Documentation<br />

• Individual(s) at executive<br />

level with responsibility for<br />

implementing/monitoring<br />

cultural competence<br />

plans/initiatives<br />

• Team/committee of midand<br />

high-level staff<br />

responsible for<br />

coordinating cultural<br />

competence (and<br />

diversity) activities<br />

• Funding related to cultural<br />

competence activities<br />

• Overall investment<br />

in cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Mission statement<br />

addresses cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Strategic plan<br />

addresses cultural<br />

competence,<br />

including a cultural<br />

competence plan<br />

• Business plan<br />

addresses cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Program plans<br />

address cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Staff<br />

awareness/accept<br />

ance regarding<br />

contents of<br />

relevant plans<br />

• Client/community<br />

awareness<br />

regarding contents<br />

of relevant plans<br />

• Materials<br />

expressing the<br />

organization's<br />

commitment to<br />

cultural<br />

competence<br />

108


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Information/<br />

Data Relevant<br />

to Cultural<br />

Competence*<br />

• Mechanisms for collection<br />

of cultural competencerelated<br />

information/data<br />

(client- and populationlevel)<br />

• Mechanisms for<br />

appropriate dissemination<br />

of cultural competencerelated<br />

information/data<br />

• Conducts regular<br />

organizational selfassessments<br />

regarding cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Requires/facilitates<br />

regular individual<br />

provider<br />

assessments<br />

regarding cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Obtains client-level<br />

cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

information<br />

• Conducts regular<br />

community/needs<br />

assessments<br />

• Evaluates cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

activities<br />

• Flow and feedback<br />

of cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

information/data<br />

for use in policy,<br />

program,<br />

operations, and<br />

treatment planning<br />

and<br />

implementation<br />

Organizational<br />

Flexibility<br />

• Systematic and<br />

ongoing<br />

examination and<br />

use of<br />

information/data<br />

relevant to cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Administrative and<br />

service delivery<br />

adaptations<br />

tailored to<br />

population in<br />

service area,<br />

including<br />

adaptations to<br />

improve access to<br />

care<br />

*“Information/Data Relevant to Cultural Competence" may include the following: ethnic/racial<br />

demographics, client language preference, epidemiological data related to various cultural groups served,<br />

community needs assessment, etc.<br />

DOMAIN: Governance<br />

Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />

The goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight vehicles an organization uses to help ensure the<br />

delivery of culturally competent care.<br />

INDICATORS<br />

FOCUS<br />

AREAS<br />

STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />

109


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Community<br />

Involvement<br />

and<br />

Accountability<br />

• Diverse governing body or<br />

policy influencing group, with<br />

representatives from groups<br />

served<br />

• Community advisory<br />

committee(s), representative of<br />

groups served<br />

• Community<br />

participants are<br />

provided financial<br />

and other<br />

supports for their<br />

involvement on<br />

governing board<br />

and advisory<br />

committees<br />

• Percentage and<br />

retention of<br />

community<br />

members on<br />

governing body and<br />

advisory<br />

committees<br />

• Reports to<br />

stakeholders on<br />

cultural<br />

competence<br />

activities/issues<br />

Board<br />

Development<br />

• Has ongoing<br />

education of<br />

governing body<br />

regarding cultural<br />

competence<br />

Policies • Formal cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

policies<br />

exist regarding:<br />

- personnel<br />

recruitment/retentio<br />

n<br />

- training/staff<br />

development<br />

-language<br />

access/communicat<br />

ion<br />

-cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

grievances/<br />

complaints<br />

- community/client<br />

input<br />

Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />

DOMAIN: Planning and Monitoring/Evaluation<br />

The mechanisms and processes used for: a) long- and short-term policy, programmatic, and operational<br />

cultural competence planning that is informed by external and internal consumers; and b) the system and<br />

activities needed to proactively track and assess an organization's level of cultural competence.<br />

INDICATORS<br />

FOCUS AREAS STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />

110


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Client/<br />

Community<br />

and Staff Input<br />

• Membership on relevant<br />

planning committees of<br />

community participants<br />

that represent groups<br />

served<br />

• Membership on relevant<br />

monitoring/review<br />

committees of<br />

community participants<br />

that represent groups<br />

served<br />

• Process for<br />

obtaining<br />

client/community<br />

input in the<br />

development of<br />

cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

plans<br />

• Process for<br />

obtaining staff<br />

input in the<br />

development of<br />

cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

plans<br />

• Process for<br />

obtaining<br />

client/community<br />

and staff input in<br />

cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

monitoring<br />

and evaluation<br />

• Consumer<br />

participation/satisfa<br />

ction regarding<br />

cultural<br />

competence-related<br />

planning<br />

• Staff<br />

participation/satisfa<br />

ction regarding<br />

cultural<br />

competence-related<br />

planning<br />

Plans and<br />

Implementation<br />

• Planning<br />

documents,<br />

including fiscal<br />

plan, addressing<br />

cultural<br />

competence issues<br />

• Integration and<br />

implementation of<br />

cultural<br />

competence plan<br />

Collection and<br />

Use of Cultural<br />

Competence-<br />

Related<br />

Information/<br />

Data*<br />

• Data sources and<br />

systems that support<br />

proactive cultural<br />

competence planning at<br />

all levels (policy,<br />

program, operations,<br />

treatment)<br />

• Resources and capacity<br />

to collect/manage/report<br />

cultural competencerelated<br />

information/data<br />

• Uses<br />

community/client<br />

cultural<br />

competencerelated<br />

data in<br />

planning (policy,<br />

program,<br />

operations,<br />

treatment)<br />

• Monitors/evaluates<br />

implementation<br />

and results of<br />

cultural<br />

competence<br />

plans/activities as<br />

part of quality<br />

improvement<br />

activities<br />

• Timely and<br />

accurate cultural<br />

competence-related<br />

data<br />

• Monitoring and<br />

evaluation reports<br />

related to cultural<br />

competence<br />

111


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

*"Information/Data Relevant to Cultural Competence" may include the following: ethnic/racial<br />

demographics, client language preference, epidemiological data related to various cultural groups served,<br />

community needs assessment, etc.<br />

DOMAIN: Communication<br />

Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />

The exchange of information between the organization/providers and the clients/population, and internally<br />

among staff, in ways that promote cultural competence.<br />

INDICATORS<br />

FOCUS AREAS STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />

Understanding<br />

of Different<br />

Communication<br />

Needs and<br />

Styles of Client<br />

Population<br />

• System for informing<br />

patients of right to free<br />

interpretation/translation<br />

services<br />

• System for identification and<br />

recording of population's<br />

and client's language<br />

preferences, level of<br />

proficiency, and literacy<br />

• System for access to trained<br />

interpreters<br />

• Curriculum and training<br />

programs for interpreters<br />

and staff<br />

• Fixed point of administrative<br />

responsibility for crosscultural<br />

communication<br />

support system<br />

Provides for staff<br />

training regarding<br />

cross-cultural<br />

communication<br />

" Monitors and<br />

evaluates cultural<br />

competence in<br />

organizational and<br />

provider<br />

communications<br />

• Special<br />

"communication"<br />

initiatives<br />

• Universal"<br />

language access<br />

• Linguistically<br />

competent services<br />

provided<br />

• Staff<br />

demonstrates/appli<br />

es effective<br />

communication<br />

styles with diverse<br />

groups<br />

Culturally<br />

Competent Oral<br />

Communication<br />

• Mechanisms for providing<br />

access to trained<br />

interpreters<br />

• Trained bi-lingual staff<br />

• Protocol(s) for when and<br />

how to elicit sensitive<br />

information from clients<br />

• Policy in place that<br />

minimizes the use of family<br />

members as interpreters<br />

• Provides for<br />

training and<br />

testing of<br />

interpreters<br />

and bi-lingual<br />

staff<br />

• Provides for<br />

staff training on<br />

use of<br />

interpreters<br />

• Languages/dialects<br />

of community<br />

available at point of<br />

first contact and all<br />

levels of interaction<br />

• Extent of use and<br />

timeliness of<br />

interpretation<br />

service, including<br />

requests and<br />

fulfillment of<br />

requests<br />

• Client<br />

understanding of<br />

interpreted material<br />

• Low interpretation<br />

errors<br />

112


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Culturally<br />

Competent<br />

Written /Other<br />

Communication<br />

• Criteria available for<br />

assessing capability of<br />

vendors that translate<br />

materials<br />

• Uses a quality<br />

review<br />

mechanism to<br />

ensure that<br />

translated<br />

materials<br />

convey<br />

intended<br />

meaning<br />

• Engages in<br />

culturally<br />

appropriate<br />

dissemination<br />

of written/other<br />

materials<br />

• Signage,<br />

administrative<br />

documents, health<br />

information<br />

materials, and all<br />

key written/other<br />

materials in<br />

language of the<br />

groups served<br />

• Written/other<br />

material<br />

appropriate to<br />

literacy level of<br />

populations served<br />

• Client<br />

understanding of<br />

written/other<br />

materials<br />

Communication<br />

with<br />

Community<br />

Mechanism for systematic and<br />

ongoing communication with<br />

community<br />

Engages in twoway<br />

communication<br />

with community<br />

from which<br />

clients/potential<br />

clients come/may<br />

come<br />

Intra-<br />

Organizational<br />

Communication<br />

• Policies, workplace design,<br />

and mechanisms in place to<br />

promote integration of staff<br />

of various backgrounds<br />

• Processes to<br />

promote<br />

effective<br />

communication<br />

among diverse<br />

staff<br />

• Staff demonstrates<br />

cultural<br />

competence in<br />

communications<br />

with co-workers<br />

Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />

113


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

DOMAIN: Staff Development<br />

An organization's efforts to ensure staff and other service providers have the requisite attitudes,<br />

knowledge and skills for delivering culturally competent services.<br />

INDICATORS<br />

FOCUS<br />

AREAS<br />

STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />

Training<br />

Commitment<br />

• Has training plan for staff<br />

development in cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Training in cultural<br />

competence linked to quality<br />

improvement efforts (as core<br />

competency)<br />

• Provides<br />

basic/initial and<br />

periodic cultural<br />

competence<br />

training for all<br />

staff<br />

• Incorporates<br />

cultural<br />

competence<br />

training into<br />

overall staff<br />

training activities<br />

• Consultation<br />

provided on<br />

cultural<br />

competence,<br />

upon request<br />

• Offers regular<br />

opportunities for<br />

staff to interact<br />

with community<br />

• Conducts regular<br />

monitoring and<br />

periodic<br />

evaluations of<br />

cultural<br />

competence<br />

training efforts<br />

• Disseminates<br />

information on<br />

staff training<br />

opportunities and<br />

policies<br />

• Investment<br />

(monetary and<br />

other) in cultural<br />

competence<br />

training<br />

• All staff complete<br />

basic/initial and<br />

periodic cultural<br />

competence<br />

training<br />

Training<br />

Content<br />

• Cultural competence curricula<br />

address key cultural<br />

competence-related<br />

knowledge, skills, and attitudes<br />

(as generally applicable and as<br />

related to specific relevant<br />

groups)<br />

• Cultural competence curricula<br />

particularized to roles of<br />

persons trained (e.g., clinical,<br />

• Assesses cultural<br />

competence<br />

training needs of<br />

staff<br />

• Obtains<br />

community input<br />

regarding staff<br />

training<br />

• Assesses the<br />

quality of staff<br />

• Staff<br />

demonstrates<br />

cultural<br />

competence in<br />

knowledge, skills,<br />

attitudes, and<br />

behaviors (as<br />

generally<br />

applicable and as<br />

related to specific<br />

114


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

front-line, administrative,<br />

marketing, etc.)<br />

training in cultural<br />

competence<br />

relevant groups)<br />

Staff<br />

Performance<br />

• Cultural competence is a part<br />

of job descriptions<br />

• System of incentives<br />

(individual and team) for<br />

cultural competence<br />

behaviors/activities<br />

• Assesses staff<br />

performance<br />

regarding cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Staff<br />

performance<br />

evaluations are<br />

conducted in a<br />

culturally<br />

competent<br />

manner<br />

Staff performance<br />

(including selfefficacy)<br />

in<br />

application of cultural<br />

competence<br />

principles/practices<br />

Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />

DOMAIN: Organizational Infrastructure<br />

The organizational resources required to deliver or facilitate delivery of culturally competent services.<br />

INDICATORS<br />

FOCUS<br />

AREAS<br />

STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />

Financial/<br />

Budgetary<br />

• Person(s) designated to<br />

monitor the need for additional<br />

resources or funding<br />

• Process for<br />

enhancing<br />

resources related<br />

to cultural<br />

competence<br />

(e.g., grant<br />

writing,<br />

fundraising<br />

activities)<br />

• Overall budgetary<br />

allocation and<br />

investment in<br />

cultural<br />

competence<br />

activities, aligned<br />

with strategic<br />

plan<br />

Staffing • A plan for recruitment,<br />

retention, and promotion of<br />

staff representative of the<br />

population(s) served<br />

• Designated staff responsible<br />

for cultural competence<br />

implementation/activities<br />

• Staffing to facilitate<br />

client/community outreach and<br />

• Active staff<br />

recruitment for<br />

diversity and<br />

cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Active<br />

retention/promoti<br />

on of culturally<br />

diverse workforce<br />

• Diverse staff at<br />

all levels<br />

• Community<br />

liaisons (e.g.,<br />

ombudspersons,<br />

community health<br />

workers, cultural<br />

brokers)<br />

115


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

communication • Process for<br />

assessing the<br />

quality and<br />

cultural<br />

competence of<br />

relevant<br />

contractors/vend<br />

ors<br />

Technology • MIS that includes/tracks<br />

cultural competence-related<br />

information on populations and<br />

clients served<br />

• Range of technology that<br />

facilitates communication<br />

between clients/population and<br />

health organization/providers<br />

• Staff is trained to<br />

use, collect, and<br />

input data into<br />

the organization's<br />

information<br />

system in a<br />

consistent,<br />

standardized way<br />

Physical<br />

facility/<br />

environment<br />

• Culturally inviting and helpful<br />

environments (e.g., décor,<br />

color coding, literature,<br />

posters)<br />

Linkages • Formal and informal<br />

alliances/links with community<br />

and other partners to address<br />

cultural competence issues<br />

• Formal internal<br />

coordination to<br />

facilitate delivery<br />

of culturally<br />

competent care<br />

• Obtains and<br />

considers<br />

information on<br />

cultural<br />

competence of<br />

referral sources<br />

and partnering<br />

organizations<br />

• Evidence of<br />

appropriate use<br />

of/referral to<br />

partners/alliance<br />

members<br />

Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />

DOMAIN: Services/Interventions<br />

An organization's delivery or facilitation of clinical, public-health, and health related services in a culturally<br />

competent manner.<br />

INDICATORS<br />

FOCUS<br />

AREAS<br />

STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />

116


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Client/Family/<br />

Community<br />

Input<br />

• Policies, protocols<br />

regarding<br />

client/family/comm<br />

unity input<br />

• Obtains client, family,<br />

patient advocate input<br />

regarding care<br />

planning and<br />

treatment, as<br />

appropriate<br />

• Meets, during<br />

treatment, with client's<br />

family or advocate (as<br />

appropriate and with<br />

client consent)<br />

• Obtains community<br />

input regarding<br />

community-level<br />

interventions<br />

• Care and treatment plan<br />

agreed on by client/family and<br />

amended with client/family<br />

input, as appropriate<br />

• Tailored outreach and<br />

community health education<br />

initiatives<br />

Screening/<br />

Assessment/<br />

Care<br />

Planning<br />

• Community and<br />

client assessment<br />

guidelines and<br />

tools exist to elicit<br />

cultural and<br />

demographic<br />

factors relevant to<br />

health and health<br />

behaviors<br />

• Appropriately<br />

detailed data<br />

routinely available<br />

re<br />

culture/language<br />

and needs/assets<br />

of populations and<br />

clients served<br />

• Mechanism for<br />

keeping providers<br />

updated on illness<br />

patterns and<br />

treatment efficacy<br />

issues (e.g.,<br />

ethnopharmacolog<br />

y) relevant to<br />

groups served<br />

• Identifies<br />

community/client<br />

beliefs, practices and<br />

culture-related factors<br />

• Addresses systematic<br />

cultural/ethnic factors<br />

in<br />

screening/assessment/<br />

care planning<br />

• Provider compliance with<br />

assessment guidelines<br />

related to cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Focused<br />

prevention/treatment/mainten<br />

ance plans reflecting cultural<br />

competence-related factors<br />

117


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Treatment/<br />

Follow-up<br />

• Practice guidelines<br />

and treatment<br />

framework that<br />

account for<br />

differences related<br />

to culture<br />

• Makes<br />

accommodations to<br />

and integrates client's<br />

traditional health<br />

beliefs and practices,<br />

as appropriate<br />

• Utilizes community<br />

resources as treatment<br />

partners, as<br />

appropriate<br />

• Provides client- and<br />

population-level health<br />

education around<br />

issues that are<br />

specifically relevant in<br />

the community<br />

• Regularly assesses<br />

treatment processes<br />

and outcomes related<br />

to<br />

ethnic/cultural/languag<br />

e groups as part of<br />

quality monitoring and<br />

improvement program<br />

• Individualized interventions<br />

applied in a patient- and<br />

family-centered fashion<br />

• Patient instructions (written<br />

and oral) reflect cultural<br />

competence<br />

• Care-facilitating outreach to<br />

clients/population from<br />

relevant cultural groups<br />

• Public health interventions<br />

reflecting needs of population<br />

in service area<br />

" Culture-specific quality<br />

assurance reports<br />

Part II: Intermediate Outcome Indicators<br />

INTERMEDIATE OUTCOME INDICATORS<br />

ALL DOMAINS<br />

ORGANIZATIONAL<br />

PERSPECTIVE<br />

CLIENT PERSPECTIVE<br />

COMMUNITY<br />

PERSPECTIVE<br />

Organizational Values<br />

Governance<br />

Planning and<br />

Monitoring/Evaluation<br />

Communication<br />

Staff Development<br />

Organizational<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Services/Interventions<br />

• Rate of<br />

appropriate use<br />

of services<br />

relative to need<br />

• Retention of<br />

clients/reduced<br />

attrition rates<br />

• Reduction in<br />

rates of broken<br />

appointments/n<br />

o-shows<br />

• Reductions in<br />

misdiagnoses<br />

and inadequate<br />

treatment plans<br />

• Rates of<br />

appropriate<br />

management of<br />

selected chronic<br />

conditions<br />

• Staff<br />

• Perceptions regarding:<br />

- cultural competence of<br />

providers/organization<br />

- how well organization meets their<br />

needs<br />

• Satisfaction with care<br />

• Knowledge/understanding regarding<br />

prevention, diagnosis, treatment<br />

plan<br />

• Agreement/compliance/adherence<br />

with treatment plan<br />

• Medication compliance/reduction in<br />

misuse of medications<br />

• Improved management of selected<br />

chronic conditions<br />

• Increase in healthy behaviors and<br />

prevention practices/reduction in<br />

risky behaviors<br />

• Opinions<br />

about the<br />

organizatio<br />

n and its<br />

responsiven<br />

ess to<br />

community<br />

needs<br />

118


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

satisfaction<br />

Source: <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Service Administration, 2002.<br />

119


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 2:<br />

The structure of the new NHS in England<br />

Source: Talbot-Smith et al., 2006.<br />

120


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 3:<br />

A Minimum <strong>Health</strong> Equity Surveillance System (WHO, 2008)<br />

Source: WHO, 2008, p.181.<br />

121


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 4:<br />

Towards a Comprehensive National <strong>Health</strong> Equity Surveillance Framework (WHO 2008)<br />

Source: WHO, 2008, p.182.<br />

122


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 5:<br />

AMCD Multicultural Counselling Competencies<br />

I. Counselor Awareness of Own Cultural Values and Biases<br />

A. Attitudes and Beliefs<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors believe that cultural self-awareness and sensitivity to one's own cultural heritage is<br />

essential.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of how their own cultural background and experiences have influenced<br />

attitudes, values, and biases about psychological processes.<br />

3. Culturally skilled counsellors are able to recognize the limits of their multicultural competency and expertise.<br />

4. Culturally skilled counsellors recognize their sources of discomfort with differences that exist between themselves<br />

and clients in terms of race, ethnicity and culture.<br />

B. Knowledge<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors have specific knowledge about their own racial and cultural heritage and how it<br />

personally and professionally affects their definitions and biases of normality/abnormality and the process of<br />

counselling.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors possess knowledge and understanding about how oppression, racism,<br />

discrimination, and stereotyping affect them personally and in their work. This allows individuals to acknowledge<br />

their own racist attitudes, beliefs, and feelings. Although this standard applies to all groups, for White counsellors it<br />

may mean that they understand how they may have directly or indirectly benefited from individual, institutional, and<br />

cultural racism as outlined in White identity development models.<br />

3. Culturally skilled counsellors possess knowledge about their social impact upon others. They are knowledgeable<br />

about communication style differences, how their style may clash with or foster the counselling process with persons<br />

of color or others different from themselves based on the A, B and C, Dimensions ,and how to anticipate the impact<br />

it may have on others.<br />

C. Skills<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors seek out educational, consultative, and training experiences to improve their<br />

understanding and effectiveness in working with culturally different populations. Being able to recognize the limits<br />

of their competencies, they (a) seek consultation, (b) seek further training or education, (c) refer out to more<br />

qualified individuals or resources, or (d) engage in a combination of these.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors are constantly seeking to understand themselves as racial and cultural beings and<br />

are actively seeking a non racist identity.<br />

II. Counselor Awareness of Client's Worldview<br />

A. Attitudes and Beliefs<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of their negative and positive emotional reactions toward other racial and<br />

ethnic groups that may prove detrimental to the counselling relationship.<br />

They are willing to contrast their own beliefs and attitudes with those of their culturally different clients in a<br />

nonjudgmental fashion.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of their stereotypes and preconceived notions that they may hold toward<br />

other racial and ethnic minority groups.<br />

123


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

B. Knowledge<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors possess specific knowledge and information about the particular group with which<br />

they are working. They are aware of the life experiences, cultural heritage, and historical background of their<br />

culturally different clients. This particular competency is strongly linked to the "minority identity development<br />

models" available in the literature.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors understand how race, culture, ethnicity, and so forth may affect personality<br />

formation, vocational choices, manifestation of psychological disorders, help seeking behaviour, and the<br />

appropriateness or inappropriateness of counselling approaches.<br />

3. Culturally skilled counsellors understand and have knowledge about socio-political influences that impinge upon<br />

the life of racial and ethnic minorities. Immigration issues, poverty, racism, stereotyping, and powerlessness may<br />

impact self esteem and self concept in the counselling process.<br />

C. Skills<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors should familiarize themselves with relevant research and the latest findings<br />

regarding mental health and mental disorders that affect various ethnic and racial groups. They should actively seek<br />

out educational experiences that enrich their knowledge, understanding, and cross-cultural skills for more effective<br />

counselling behaviour.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors become actively involved with minority individuals outside the counselling setting<br />

(e.g., community events, social and political functions, celebrations, friendships, neighbourhood groups, and so<br />

forth) so that their perspective of minorities is more than an academic or helping exercise.<br />

III. Culturally Appropriate Intervention Strategies<br />

A. Beliefs and Attitudes<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors respect clients' religious and/ or spiritual beliefs and values, including attributions<br />

and taboos, because they affect worldview, psychosocial functioning, and expressions of distress.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors respect indigenous helping practices and respect helping networks among<br />

communities of color.<br />

3. Culturally skilled counsellors value bilingualism and do not view another language as an impediment to<br />

counselling (monolingualism may be the culprit).<br />

B. Knowledge<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors have a clear and explicit knowledge and understanding of the generic characteristics<br />

of counselling and therapy (culture bound, class bound, and monolingual) and how they may clash with the cultural<br />

values of various cultural groups.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of institutional barriers that prevent minorities from using mental health<br />

services.<br />

3. Culturally skilled counsellors have knowledge of the potential bias in assessment instruments and use procedures<br />

and interpret findings keeping in mind the cultural and linguistic characteristics of the clients.<br />

4. Culturally skilled counsellors have knowledge of family structures, hierarchies, values, and<br />

beliefs from various cultural perspectives. They are knowledgeable about the community where a particular cultural<br />

group may reside and the resources in the community.<br />

5. Culturally skilled counsellors should be aware of relevant discriminatory practices at the social and community<br />

level that may be affecting the psychological welfare of the population being served.]<br />

124


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

C. Skills<br />

1. Culturally skilled counsellors are able to engage in a variety of verbal and nonverbal helping responses. They are<br />

able to send and receive both verbal and nonverbal messages accurately and appropriately. They are not tied down to<br />

only one method or approach to helping, but recognize that helping styles and approaches may be culture bound.<br />

When they sense that their helping style is limited and potentially inappropriate, they can anticipate and modify it.<br />

2. Culturally skilled counsellors are able to exercise institutional intervention skills on behalf of their clients. They<br />

can help clients determine whether a "problem" stems from racism or bias in others (the concept of healthy<br />

paranoia) so that clients do not inappropriately personalize problems.<br />

3. Culturally skilled counsellors are not averse to seeking consultation with traditional healers or religious and<br />

spiritual leaders and practitioners in the treatment of culturally different clients when appropriate.<br />

4. Culturally skilled counsellors take responsibility for interacting in the language requested by the client and, if not<br />

feasible, make appropriate referrals. A serious problem arises when the linguistic skills of the counsellor do not<br />

match the language of the client. This being the case, counsellors should (a) seek a translator with cultural<br />

knowledge and appropriate professional background or<br />

(b) refer to a knowledgeable and competent bilingual counsellor.<br />

5. Culturally skilled counsellors have training and expertise in the use of traditional assessment and testing<br />

instruments. They not only understand the technical aspects of the instruments but are also aware of the cultural<br />

limitations. This allows them to use test instruments for the welfare of culturally different clients.<br />

6. Culturally skilled counsellors should attend to as well as work to eliminate biases, prejudices, and discriminatory<br />

contexts in conducting evaluations and providing interventions, and should develop sensitivity to issues of<br />

oppression, sexism, heterosexism, elitism and racism.<br />

7. Culturally skilled counsellors take responsibility for educating their clients to the processes of psychological<br />

intervention, such as goals, expectations, legal rights, and the counsellor’s orientation.<br />

Source: Arredondo, P., Toporek, M. S., Brown, S., Jones, J., Locke, D. C., Sanchez, J. and Stadler, H. (1996)<br />

Operationalization of the Multicultural Counselling Competencies. AMCD: Alexandria, VA<br />

125


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

<strong>Appendix</strong> 6: Recommended Standards for the Content of Cultural Competence<br />

Education<br />

Attitudes:<br />

• Similar to all aspects of health care professionals’ continuing education, cultural competence education<br />

should be a continuous learning process as well. Cultural competence education for health care<br />

professionals should foster a lifelong commitment to learning and self-evaluation through an ability to<br />

recognize and question their own assumptions, biases, stereotypes and responses.<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should be encouraged to adopt attitudes of open-mindedness and respect for all<br />

patients including those who differ from them socially or culturally.<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care practitioners should be taught techniques that promote patient- and family-centered care, along<br />

with the understanding that effective therapeutic alliances may be construed differently across patients and<br />

cultures.<br />

• As they learn about health care disparities and inequities and the factors that lead to unequal treatment, health<br />

care professionals should be encouraged to undertake a commitment to equal quality care for all and<br />

fairness in the health care setting.<br />

• To actively serve this commitment, educators can teach students ways to identify systemic or<br />

organizational barriers to access and use of services by their patients and encourage them to be<br />

proactive within their practice environments to eliminate these barriers.<br />

Knowledge:<br />

• Self-awareness and self-knowledge are the first types of knowledge cross- cultural training would seek<br />

to establish. This involves bringing to the learner’s awareness internalized beliefs, values, norms,<br />

stereotypes and biases. They should be made aware of how ethnocentrism, that is, the belief that one’s own<br />

culture is superior to others, operates in all cultures and encouraged to be attentive to the possibility of<br />

ethnocentrism in their own thinking. They should be made aware of how ethnocentrism may influence<br />

their own interaction with patients.<br />

• Essential to their understanding of both themselves and their patients is an understanding of the concept of<br />

culture. The theory of culture makes clear the connections between worldview, beliefs, norms and<br />

behaviors related to health, illness and care-seeking in different populations. In this regard, practitioners<br />

can be taught to explore how their own cultures, including the cultures of biomedicine, inform their<br />

perceptions and behaviors. All people operate within multiple cultures.<br />

• Information about local and national demographics would be part of a health professional’s cultural competence<br />

education. This should include attention to specific populations, immigration and changing demographics,<br />

such as alterations in age or occupational distributions. Students/trainees should be encouraged to<br />

draw implications from this information for their current and future professional practices. Organizations<br />

should have a process in place to reassess relevant demographics on a consistent basis.<br />

• Practitioners need to know the legal, regulatory and accreditation issues which address cultural and<br />

linguistic issues in health care. These would include such things as the position of the federal<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services (DHHS) on civil rights and language access, federal and state<br />

cultural competence contract requirements for publicly funded health care and state legislation around<br />

the provision of language services and culturally sensitive health care. The DHHS Recommended Standards for<br />

Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate <strong>Health</strong> Care Services should be reviewed.<br />

126


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals need to be made aware of any cultural and linguistic policy statements or standards<br />

espoused by their own or other professional associations, such as the Society for Teachers of Family<br />

Medicine, the American Academies of Family Physicians, Paediatrics or the American Academy of<br />

Nursing. They should be given an understanding of how cultural competence fits into the goals of their<br />

professional education.<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should know the kinds and degrees of disparities in health status, health care<br />

access and use of preventive strategies across racial, ethnic, gender and other discrete population groups<br />

in the United States. This information should be placed in a context that allows the learner to understand<br />

how class, racial and ethnic discrimination, social variables and structural variables, including the<br />

structure of health care, contribute to these disparities.<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should be given a framework for exploring the family structure and dynamics,<br />

health beliefs, behaviors and health practices demonstrated in different cultures and population groups,<br />

especially those in the local areas of service.<br />

• Practitioners should understand the concept of medical pluralism— the concurrent use of both<br />

traditional and biomedical systems of care. Familiarity with the kinds of healers and healing traditions<br />

within their communities of practice or those frequently associated with their specialty field should be<br />

discussed. Interaction with traditional healers, if possible, is recommended. Improved understanding of<br />

traditional practices does not mean endorsing them, but it can lead to improved provider -patient<br />

or provider -family interaction.<br />

• In developing understandings about epidemiology and group health practices, the tendency to make<br />

inferences from probabilistic, group-level generalizations to individual cases, which, carelessly done, can<br />

lead to stereotyping, should be addressed. Its clinical risks and benefits should be carefully explored.<br />

Sources of within-group variation, including class and acculturation need to be clarified. A “recipe”<br />

approach to cultural and clinical descriptions of groups should be rigorously avoided.<br />

• Emergent data, such as those being developed in genome research and ethnopharmacology, which apply<br />

to specific racial and ethnic groups, should be carefully evaluated as to their potential use in enhancing<br />

the quality of care for these groups. The positive and negative implications of these types of data for the<br />

care of diverse populations should be discussed and well understood.<br />

• Practitioners should learn about the epidemiology of disease among specific populations, both nationally<br />

and within their local areas, and be able to use this knowledge in patient assessment, health promotion and other<br />

aspects of care. This includes an awareness of the limitations of epidemiological information for diverse<br />

populations. For example, there is not much data on epidemiological differences for ethnic sub-populations.<br />

Existing broad ethnic group data may not be able to be applied generally across sub-populations.<br />

• Knowledge of the dangers of attempting to care for a patient whose language they do not understand well and of<br />

the problems associated with the use of family members, friends or unskilled interpreters should be part of<br />

a health professional’s cultural competence training.<br />

• Without using a recipe approach, health care practitioners should become knowledgeable about crosscultural<br />

variations in verbal and non-verbal communication and etiquette and be taught techniques for<br />

recovering, if they discover that they have inadvertently breached a cultural norm.<br />

• Trainers and teachers should inform trainees of available resources, such as bibliographies, websites, case<br />

studies and community contacts and resources, so that practitioners can continue to expand their<br />

knowledge and education around cultural issues while engaging in professional practice.<br />

127


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Skills:<br />

• Skills that enable health care professionals to assess their own responses, biases and cultural<br />

preconceptions on an ongoing basis are critical baseline skills to be learned.<br />

• Providers need to be given communication tools and strategies for eliciting patients’ social, family<br />

and medical histories, as well as patients’ health beliefs, practices and explanatory models.<br />

Communication skills for fostering positive therapeutic alliances with diverse patients should be<br />

taught. These would include ways for assessing patients’ expectations around levels of interactive<br />

formality with providers, valuing and incorporating the patients’ beliefs and understanding into<br />

diagnosis, treatment options and preventive health care where possible and negotiating conflicting<br />

patient/provider perspectives when necessary.<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care practitioners should be taught ways of accessing and interacting with diverse local<br />

communities for the purpose of understanding their traditional or group specific healthcare practices<br />

and needs. Collaboration with local communities, for example, is useful in tailoring effective<br />

outreach, prevention and educational programs and materials.<br />

• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should be able to assess patients’ language skills as they relate to their<br />

ability to communicate fully with the practitioner and staff and to their understanding of written<br />

instructions, prescriptions and educational materials. While language and literacy issues may be<br />

particularly important in working with limited English speakers, they should be considered in relating to all<br />

patients.<br />

• Practitioners should be taught methods of realistically assessing their own proficiency in languages<br />

other than English and should acquire the skills for effective use of interpreters, including working with an<br />

untrained interpreter, a trained interpreter and telephone interpreting.<br />

• Skills in accessing translated written materials through their organizations and commercial resources;<br />

as well as computer programs and web-based resources should be taught.<br />

•<br />

• Cultural competence education should foster skills for retrieving data concerning cultural issues in<br />

health care, population data and epidemiological information on the web.<br />

Source: California Endowment, 2003.<br />

128


REFERENCES<br />

ACAS [Advisory Conciliation and Arbitration Service]. (2009). The Equality Policy and<br />

Action Plan [online]. Retrieved 13-2-2009 from http://www.acas.org.uk/index.aspx?articleid=821<br />

ACGME [Accreditation Council on Graduate Medical Education]. (2001). Outcome<br />

Project [online]. Retrieved 27-1-2004 from www.acgme.org/outcome/comp/compMin.asp<br />

Acheson, D. (1998). Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> Report. London: The<br />

Stationery Office.<br />

Adler, N. E., Boyce, W. T., Chesney, M. A., Folkman, S., & Syme, S. L. (1993).<br />

Socioeconomic Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: No Easy Solution. Journal of the American Medical Association,<br />

269, 3140-45.<br />

Adler, N. E., W.T.Boyce, M.A.Chesney, S.Folkman, & S.L.Syme. (1993). Socioeconomic<br />

Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: No Easy Solution. Journal of the American Medical Association, 269, 3140-<br />

3145.<br />

Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Research and Quality. (AHRQ) (2002). National <strong>Health</strong>care<br />

Disparities Report: Update on Current Status. Rockville, Md..<br />

Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Research and Quality (AHRQ). (2003). National <strong>Health</strong>care<br />

Disparities. Final Report. Rockville, Md..<br />

American College <strong>Health</strong> Association. (2009). Cultural Competency Action List [online].<br />

Retrieved 29-01-2009 from http://www.acha.org/about_acha/culture_comp_alist.cfm<br />

American Psychological Association. (2003). Guidelines on Multicultural Education,<br />

Training, Research, Practice, and Organizational Change for Psychologists. American Psychologist, 58,<br />

377-402.<br />

Anand, R. (1999). Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Care: A Guide for Trainers. 2nd<br />

Edition. Washington, DC: National MultiCultural Institute.<br />

Anderson, L. M., Scrimshaw, S. C., Fullilove, M. T., Fielding, J. E., & Normand, J.<br />

(2003). Culturally competent healthcare systems: A systematic review. American Journal of Preventive<br />

Medicine, 24, 68-79.<br />

Armour, M., Bain, B., & Rubio, R. (2004). An evaluation study of field instructors: a<br />

collaborative approach to enhancing cultural competence. Journal of Social Work Education, 40, 27.<br />

Arredondo, P., Toporek, M. S., Brown, S., Jones, J., Locke, D. C., Sanchez, J. et al.<br />

(1996). Operationalization of the Multicultural Counselling Competencies. Alexandria, VA: Association<br />

for Multicultural Counselling and Development .<br />

Association for Multicultural Counselling and Development. (1996). What is AMCD?<br />

[online]. Retrieved 03-03-2009 from http://www.amcdaca.org/amcd/whatisamcd.cfm<br />

Association of American Medical Colleges (2005). Cultural Competence Education for<br />

medical students [online]. Retrieved 13-02-2009 from<br />

http://www.aamc.org/meded/tacct/culturalcomped.pdf<br />

Baquet, C., Carter-Pokras, O., & Bengen-Seltzer, B. (2004). <strong>Health</strong>care Disparities and<br />

Models for Change. The American Journal of Managed Care, 10.<br />

Basok, T. (2007). Barriers and Bridges: Enhancing Access to Services for Newcomers<br />

with Physical & Mental Disabilities. CERIS Working Papers.<br />

Beach, M., Price, E., Gary, T., & et al. (2005). Cultural competence: a systematic review<br />

of health care provider educational interventions. Medical Care, 43, 356-373.<br />

Beach, M. C., Gary, T. L., Price, E. G., Robinson, K., Gozu, A., Palacio, A. et al. (2006).<br />

Improving health care quality for racial/ethnic minorities: a systematic review of the best evidence<br />

regarding provider and organization interventions. Public <strong>Health</strong>, 6.<br />

Beal, A. C. (2004). Policies to Reduce Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Child <strong>Health</strong> and<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Care. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 23, 171-179.<br />

Benzeval, M. (2002). England. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing<br />

Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 201-213). New York: Routledge.<br />

Benzeval, M., Judge, K., & Whitehead, M. (1995). Tackling Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: an<br />

agenda for action. London: Kings Fund.<br />

Betancourt, J. R., Green, A. R., & Carillo, J. E. (2002). Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong><br />

Care: Emerging Frameworks and Practical Approaches. New York: Commonwealth Fund of New York.<br />

Betancourt, J. R., Green, A. R., Carrillo, J. E., & Park, E. R. (2005). Cultural


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Competence and <strong>Health</strong> Care Disparities: Key Perspectives and Trends. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 24, 499-505.<br />

Bhui, K., Warfa, N., Edonya, P., McKenzie, K., & Bhugra, D. (2007). Cultural<br />

competence in mental health care: a review of model evaluations. BMC.<strong>Health</strong> Serv.Res., 7, 15.<br />

Bieschke, K., Gehlert, K., Wilson, D., Matthews, C., & Wade, J. (2003). Qualitative<br />

analysis of multicultural awareness in training groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 28, 325.<br />

Black, D. & Smith, C. (1992). The Black Report. In P.Townsend, N. Davidson, & M.<br />

Whitehead (Eds.), Inequalities in health: the Black Report and the <strong>Health</strong> Divide. New York: Penguin.<br />

Brach, C. & Fraser, I. (2000). Can Cultural Competency Reduce Racial And Ethnic<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Disparities? A <strong>Review</strong> And Conceptual Model. Medical Care Research and <strong>Review</strong>, 57, 181-217.<br />

Braveman, P. & Gruskin, S. (2003). Defining Equity in <strong>Health</strong>. Journal of Epidemiology<br />

and Community <strong>Health</strong>, 57, 254-258.<br />

British Columbia Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Planning. (2002). The picture of health: how we are<br />

modernizing British Columbia's health care system. Victoria: Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Planning.<br />

Brotherton, S. E., Rockey, P. H., & Etzel, S. I. (2004). U.S. Graduate Medical Education:<br />

2003-2004. Journalof the American Medical Association, 292, 1032-1037.<br />

California Endowment. (2003). Principles and Recommended Standards for Cultural<br />

Competence Education of <strong>Health</strong> Care Professionals [online]. Retrieved 29-12-2008 from<br />

http://calendow.org/uploadedFiles/principles_standards_cultural_competence.pdf<br />

California Endowment. (2007). Building Culturally Competent <strong>Health</strong> Systems in<br />

California [online]. Retrieved 21-01-2009 from http://www.cpehn.org/pdfs/CL%20Hospital%20Brief.pdf<br />

Campinha-Bacote, J. (1996). The challenge of cultural diversity for nurse educators.<br />

Journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 27, 59-64.<br />

Campinha-Bacote, J. & Campinha-Bacote, D. (1999). A framework for providing<br />

culturally competent health care services in managed care organizations. Journal of transcultural nursing :<br />

official journal of the Transcultural Nursing Society / Transcultural Nursing Society, 10, 290-291.<br />

Canadian Population <strong>Health</strong> Initiative. (2002). Canadian Population <strong>Health</strong> Initiative<br />

Brief to the Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada. CPHI. [online]. Retrieved 20-<br />

02-2004 from http://secure.cihi.ca/ cihiweb/en/downloads/cphi policy romanowbrief e.pdf, 2002.<br />

Carpenter-Song, E., Schwallie, M. N., & Longhofer, J. (2009). Cultural Competence<br />

Reexamined: Critique and Directions for the Future . Psychiatric Services, 58.<br />

Cashin, C., Scheffler, R., Felton, M., Adams, N., & Miller, L. (2008). Transformation of<br />

the California Mental <strong>Health</strong> System: Stakeholder-Driven Planning as a Transformational Activity.<br />

Psychiatric Service, 59, 1107-1114.<br />

Chestang, L. W. (1998). Preface . In M.Hernandez & M. Isaacs (Eds.), Promoting<br />

Cultural Competence in Children's Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services. Baltimore, Maryland: Paul H. Brookes<br />

Publishing Co.<br />

Chevannes, M. (2002). Issues in educating health professionals to meet the diverse<br />

needs of patients and other service users from ethnic minority groups. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 39,<br />

290-298.<br />

Chrisman, N. J. (2007). Extending Cultural Competence Through Systems Change:<br />

Academic, Hospital, and Community Partnerships. Journal of Transcultural Nursing, 18, 68S-76S.<br />

Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada. (2002). Building on values: the<br />

future of health care in Canada. Saskatoon: Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada.<br />

Conviser, R. (2007). Catalyzing System Changes to Make HIV Care More Accessible.<br />

Journal of <strong>Health</strong> Care for the Poor and Underserved, 18, 224-243.<br />

Cross, T. L., Benjamin, M. P., Isaacs, M. R., Portland State University, Research and<br />

Training Center to Improve Services for Seriously Emotionally Handicapped Children and Their Families,<br />

CASSP Technical Assistance Center et al. (1989). Towards a culturally competent system of care.<br />

Washington, D.C: CASSP Technical Assistance Center, Georgetown University Child Development<br />

Center.<br />

Crosson, J., Deng, W., Brazeau, C., Boyd, L., & Soto-Greene, M. (2004). Evaluating<br />

the effect of cultural competency training on medical student attitudes. Family Medicine, 36, 199-<br />

203.<br />

Culyer, A. J. (2007). Equity of What in <strong>Health</strong>care? Why the Traditional Answers Don't<br />

Help Policy - and What to Do in the Future. <strong>Health</strong>care Papers, 8, 12-26.<br />

Curtis, E. F. D., Dreachslin, J., & Sinioris, M. (2007). Diversity and Cultural Competence<br />

130


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Training in <strong>Health</strong> Care Organizations: Hallmarks of Success. <strong>Health</strong> Care Manager, 26, 255-262.<br />

Davies,H.T.O., Nut, S., Smith, P.C. (Eds.). What Works? Evidence-Based Policy and<br />

Practice in Public Services (2000). Bristol: Policy Press.<br />

Dahlgren, G. & Whitehead, M. (1991). Policies and Strategies to Promote Equity in<br />

<strong>Health</strong>. Copenhagen: World <strong>Health</strong> Organization Regional Office for Europe.<br />

Davies, H. T. O., Washington, A. E., & Bindman, A. (2002). <strong>Health</strong> Care Report Cards:<br />

Implications for Vulnerable Patient Groups and the Organizations Providing Them Care. Journal of <strong>Health</strong><br />

Policy Politics and Law, 27, 379-399.<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (1999). Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities: an Action Report.<br />

London: The Stationery Office.<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2000). The NHS Plan: a Plan for Investment, a Plan for<br />

Reform. London: The Stationery Office.<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Community Services. (2002). <strong>Health</strong>ier together: a strategic<br />

health plan for Newfoundland and Labrador. St. John's: Government of Newfoundland and Labrador.<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2004). Choosing health: Making healthy choices<br />

Easier 2004. London: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2007). The Work of the Equality and Human Rights Group<br />

[online]. Retrieved 14-01-2009 from<br />

http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Managingyourorganisation/Equalityandhumanrights/DH_077319<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2007). Single Equality Scheme 2007-2010.<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2008). Equality Impact Assessment: summary tool and<br />

guidance for policy makers. UK: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2008). Equality Impact Assessment - <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities:<br />

Progress and Next Steps. UK: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

Dolhun, E. P., Muñoz, C., & Grumbach, K. (2003). Cross-cultural education in U.S.<br />

medical schools: Development of an assessment tool. Academic Medicine, 78, 615-622.<br />

Dreachslin, J. L. & Myers, V. L. (2007). A systems approach to culturally and<br />

linguistically competent care. Journal of healthcare management / American College of <strong>Health</strong>care<br />

Executives, 52, 220-226.<br />

Engebretson, J., Mahoney, J., & Carlson, E. (2008). Cultural Competence in the Era of<br />

Evidence-Based Practice. Journal of Professional Nursing, 24, 172-178.<br />

Exworthy, M. & Berney, L. (2000). What Counts and What Works? Evaluating Policies<br />

to Tackle <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities. Renewal, 8, 47-55.<br />

Exworthy, M. & Washington, A. E. (2006). Organizational strategies to tackle health-care<br />

disparities in the USA. <strong>Health</strong> Services Management Research, 19, 44.<br />

Exworthy, M., Bindman A., Davies, H., & Washington, A. E. (2006). Evidence into Policy<br />

and Practice? Measuring the Progress of U.S. and U.K. Policies to Tackle Disparities and Inequalities in<br />

U.S. and U.K. <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Care. The Milbank Quarterly, 84, 75-109.<br />

Exworthy, M. & Joseph Rowntree Foundation. (2003). Tackling health inequalities since<br />

the Acheson inquiry. Bristol, UK: Policy Press.<br />

Frankish CJ, Green LW, Ratner PA, Chomik T, & Larsen C. (1996). <strong>Health</strong> Impact<br />

Assessment as a Tool for Population <strong>Health</strong> Promotion and Public Policy. A Report Submitted to the<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Promotion Development Division of <strong>Health</strong> Canada. British Columbia: Institute of <strong>Health</strong><br />

Promotion, Research University of British Columbia.<br />

Galabuzi, G. & Labonte. R. (2002). Social Inclusion as a Determinant of <strong>Health</strong> [online].<br />

Retrieved 30-06-2006 from http://www.phacaspc.gc.ca/phsp/phdd/pdf/overview_implications/03_inclusion_e.pdf<br />

Gardner, B. (2008a). Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN <strong>Health</strong> Equity Discussion Paper [online].<br />

Retrieved 30-12-2008 from<br />

http://www.torontocentrallhin.on.ca/uploadedFiles/Home_Page/Report_and_Publications/<strong>Health</strong>%20Equit<br />

y%20Discussion%20Paper%20v1.0.pdf.<br />

Gardner, B. (2008b). Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN <strong>Health</strong> Equity Discussion Paper. Executive<br />

Summary [online]. Retrieved 30-12-2008 from<br />

http://www.torontocentrallhin.on.ca/uploadedFiles/Home_Page/Report_and_Publications/<strong>Health</strong>%20Equit<br />

y%20Discussion%20Paper%20Executive%20Summary%20v1.0.pdf<br />

Giacomini, M., Kenny, N., & DeJean, D. (2009). Ethics frameworks in Canadian health<br />

131


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

policies: Foundation, scaffolding, or window dressing? <strong>Health</strong> Policy, 89, 58-71.<br />

Global Equity Gauge. (2009). Global Equity Gauge Alliance [online]. Retrieved 11-01-<br />

2009 from http://www.gega.org.za/concepts.php<br />

Goh, M. (2005). Cultural Competence and Master Therapists: An Inextricable<br />

Relationship. Journal of Mental <strong>Health</strong> Counselling, 27.<br />

Gothenburg: WHO European Centre for <strong>Health</strong> Policy and Nordic School of Public<br />

<strong>Health</strong>. (2001).<br />

Gozu, A., Beach, M. C., Price, E. G., Gary, T. L., Robinson, K., Palacio, A. et al. (2007).<br />

Self-administered instruments to measure cultural competence of health professionals: a systematic review.<br />

Teaching and Learning in Medicine, 19, 180-190.<br />

GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group (2008a). A Diversity Self-Assessment Tool for<br />

<strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks [online]. Retrieved 19-01-2009 from<br />

http://healthequitycouncil.ca/dev/media/attachments/resources/HEC%20-%20Diversity%20Self-<br />

Assessment%20Tool.doc<br />

GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group. (2008b). GTA Diversity and Ontario's<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Transformation Agenda. Fact Sheet #2: Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong>: Why Do They Matter?<br />

[online]. Retrieved 18-01-2009 from<br />

http://healthequitycouncil.ca/dev/media/attachments/resources/Fact%20Sheet%202-<br />

%20Social%20Determinants%20of%20<strong>Health</strong>.doc<br />

Haarmans, M. (2004). A <strong>Review</strong> of Clinical Cultural Competence: Definitions, Key<br />

Components, Standards and Selected Trainings. Toronto, Canada: Centre for Addiction and Mental <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

Harris, E., Harris, P., & Kemp, L. (2006). Rapid equity focused health impact<br />

assessment of the Australia Better <strong>Health</strong> Initiative: assessing the NSW components of priorities 1 and 3.<br />

Sydney, Australia: UNSW Research Centre for Primary <strong>Health</strong> Care and Equity.<br />

Harris, E. (2007). NSW <strong>Health</strong> HIA Capacity Building Program: mid-term review.<br />

Sydney: Centre for Primary <strong>Health</strong> Care and Equity, University of New South Wales.<br />

Hayes-Bautista, D. E. (2003). Research on culturally competent healthcare systems:<br />

Less sensitivity, more statistics. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 24, 8-9.<br />

Hayward, D. (2007). Tackling health inequalities in England - policy development and<br />

progress. Case study prepared by Department of <strong>Health</strong> UK for the Commission on Social Determinants of<br />

<strong>Health</strong>. London: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Canada. (1994). Strategies for Population <strong>Health</strong>: Investing in the <strong>Health</strong> of<br />

Canadians. Ottawa, Canada: <strong>Health</strong> Canada.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Canada. (1998). Taking Action on Population <strong>Health</strong>. Ottawa, Ontario: <strong>Health</strong><br />

Canada.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Canada. (2000). <strong>Health</strong> Canada's Gender-Based Analysis Policy. Ottawa,<br />

Canada: Published by authority of the Minister of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee<br />

on Population <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Security. (2004). Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities - Roles of the <strong>Health</strong><br />

Sector: Discussion Paper [online]. Retrieved 11-01-2009 from Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada Website,<br />

http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/ph-sp/disparities/ddp-eng.php<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration, USDHHS & The Lewin Group<br />

Inc. (2002). Indicators of Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Care Delivery Organizations: An Organizational<br />

Cultural Competence Assessment Profile [online]. Retrieved 09-01-2009 from<br />

http://www.hrsa.gov/culturalcompetence/indicators/<br />

<strong>Health</strong>y Living Task Group of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee on<br />

Population <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Security. (2003). An Integrated Pan-Canadian <strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy A<br />

Discussion Document for the <strong>Health</strong>y Living Symposium Canada.<br />

Hernandez, M., Mareasa R, I., Nesman, T., & Burns, D. (1998). Perspectives on<br />

Culturally Competent Systems of Care. In M.Hernandez & M. Isaacs (Eds.), Promoting Cultural<br />

Competence in Children's Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services (pp. 1-28). Baltimore, Maryland: Paul H. Brookes<br />

Publishing Co.<br />

Hills, J. & Stewart, K. (2005). A more equal society? New labour, poverty, inequality<br />

and exclusion. Bristol, UK: Policy Press.<br />

Howden-Chapman, P. & Tobias, M. (2000). Social Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: New Zealand<br />

1999. Wellington: Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

132


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Howden-Chapman, P. & Kawachi, I. (2002). Room for a view: A non-European<br />

perspective on European policies to minimize socioeconomic inequalities in health. In J.Mackenbach & M.<br />

J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 325-334). New York:<br />

Routledge.<br />

Illsley, R. (1955). Social class selection and class differences in relation to stillbirths and<br />

infant deaths. British Medicine Journal, 2, 1520-1524.<br />

International Council of Nurses (2005). Regulation Terminology Version 1 Geneva: ICN.<br />

Jain, M. (2007). Ontario's Chronic Disease Prevention and Management Framework.<br />

Presentation at GTA Rehab Network Best Practices Day. [online]. Retrieved 11-02-2009 from<br />

http://www.gtarehabnetwork.ca/downloads/bpd2007/bpd2007-pres-plenary.pdf<br />

Janzen, R., Ochocka, J., & and the 'Taking Culture Seriously' Partners (2006). The Road<br />

Toward Cultural Empowerment: An Invitation To Inclusion. In D.Zinga (Ed.), (pp. 58-76). Cambridge<br />

Scholars Press.<br />

Jirwe, M., Gerrish, K. & Emami, A. (2006). The theoretical framework of cultural<br />

competence. Journal of Multicultural Nursing and <strong>Health</strong>, 12, 6-16.<br />

Jordan, D. (1998). Cultural Competence and the Systems of Care Planning Model:<br />

Consolidation of Two Planning Strategies. In M.Hernandez & M. Isaacs (Eds.), Promoting Cultural<br />

Competence in Children's Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services (pp. 47-65). Baltimore, Maryland: Paul H. Brookes<br />

Publishing Co.<br />

Judge, K., Barnes, M., Bauld, L., Benzeval, M., Killoran, A., Robinson, R. et al. (1999).<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Action Zones: Learning to Make a Difference. PSSRU Discussion Paper 1546. Canterbury:<br />

University of Canterbury.<br />

Judge, K. & Mackenzie, M. (2002). Theory-based evaluation: New approaches to<br />

evaluating complex community-based initiatives. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing<br />

Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 300-312). New York: Routledge.<br />

Kawachi I, S. S. A.-F. N. (2002). A glossary for health inequalities. Journal of<br />

Epidemiology and Community <strong>Health</strong>, 56, 647-652.<br />

Keppel, K., Bilheimer, L., & Gurley, L. (2007). Improving Population <strong>Health</strong> and<br />

Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Care Disparities. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 26, 1281-1292.<br />

Kim-Godwin, Y. S. e. al. (2001). A model for the delivery of culturally competent<br />

community care. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 35, 918-925.<br />

Kumas, Z. T. Z., Beagan, B., Loppie, C., MacLeod, A., & Frank, B. (2007). Measures of<br />

Cultural Competence: Examining Hidden Assumptions. Academic Medicine, 82, 548-557.<br />

Legislative Assembly of British Columbia. (2001). Patients first: renewal and reform of<br />

British Columbia's health care system: Select Standing Committee on <strong>Health</strong> Report. Victoria: Office of the<br />

Clerk of Committees Select Standing Committee on <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

Leininger, M. (1995). Transcultural nursing: Concepts, theories, research, & practices.<br />

New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc.<br />

Leininger, M. & McFarland, M. R. (2002). Transcultural nursing: concepts, theories,<br />

research and practice (3. ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill Medical Publishing Division.<br />

Leong, F. T. L. (1998). Definitions and measurement of cross-cultural counselling<br />

competencies. Notes from a Roundtable on Conceptualizing and Measuring Cultural Competence. [online].<br />

Retrieved 3-3-2009 from<br />

http://www.mentalhealth.org/cmhs/CommunitySupport/research/publications/pn39C3.asp<br />

Lettner, M. (2008a). <strong>Health</strong> Equity Now: A Working Paper for the Best First Steps for<br />

Ontario [online]. Retrieved 03-01-2009 from wellesleyinstitute.com/files/<strong>Health</strong>EquityNow.pdf<br />

Lettner, M. (2008b). <strong>Health</strong> equity roundtable dialogue highlights [online]. Retrieved 03-<br />

01-2009 from wellesleyinstitute.com/files/healthequitydialoguehighlights.pdf<br />

Lettner, M. (2008c). <strong>Health</strong> Equity Working Session, February 28, 2008. Backgrounder<br />

[online]. Retrieved 03-01-2009 from<br />

wellesleyinstitute.com/files/healthequity/heroundtablebackgrounder.pdf<br />

London <strong>Health</strong> Commission. (2008). <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities and Equality Impact<br />

Assessment of '<strong>Health</strong>care for London: consulting the capital'. Final Report (2008). London: London<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Commission.<br />

Luqyis, R. R. & Perez, M. A. (2003). Achieving cultural competence: The challenges for<br />

health educators. American Journal of <strong>Health</strong> Education, 34.<br />

133


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Mackenbach, J. P., Bakker, M. J., Kunst, A. E., & Diderichsen, F. (2002a).<br />

Socioeconomic inequalities in health in Europe: An overview. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.),<br />

Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 3-24). New York: Routledge.<br />

Mackenbach, J. P., Bakker, M. J., Sihto, M., & Diderichsen, F. (2002b). Strategies to<br />

reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities<br />

in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 25-49). New York: Routledge.<br />

Mackenbach, J. P., & Bakker, M. J. (2002). By way of conclusion: Key messages for<br />

policy-makers. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European<br />

Perspective (pp. 337-342). New York: Routledge.<br />

Martinez, K. M., Green, C. E., & Sanundo, F. M. (2004). The CLAS challenge: promoting<br />

culturally and linguistically appropriate services in health care. International Journal of Public<br />

Administration, 27, 39-61.<br />

McGinnis JM, Williams-Russo P, & Knickman JR (2002). The case for more active<br />

attention to health promotion. <strong>Health</strong> Affair, 11, 93.<br />

Miyake Geron, S. (2002). Cultural Competency: How is it measured? Does it make a<br />

difference? Generations, 26, 39-45.<br />

Moloughney, B. (2007). A Discussion Paper on Public <strong>Health</strong>, <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration<br />

Networks, and Regional <strong>Health</strong> Authorities. Executive Summary. Prepared for Ontario Public <strong>Health</strong><br />

Association.<br />

Nerenz, D. (2005). <strong>Health</strong> Care Organizations' Use of Race/Ethnicity Data to Address<br />

Quality Disparities. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 24, 409-416.<br />

Nerenz, D. R., Gunter, M. J., Garcia, M., Green-Weir, R., Wisdom, K., & Joseph, C.<br />

(2002). Developing a <strong>Health</strong> Plan Report Card on Quality of Care for Minority Populations: Field Report.<br />

New York: Commonwealth Fund.<br />

New York State Department of <strong>Health</strong>. (2004). Graduate Medical Education Reform<br />

Incentive Pool [online]. Retrieved 27-12-2004 from www.health.state.ny.us/nysdoh/gme/main.htm<br />

New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>. (2002). Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> [online].<br />

Retrieved 21-1-2009 from Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Website,<br />

http://www.moh.govt.nz/moh.nsf/0/523077dddeed012dcc256c550003938b/$FILE/ReducIneqal.pdf<br />

NHS London (2007). Single Equality Scheme (2007-2010) [online]. Retrieved 19-01-<br />

2009 from http://www.london.nhs.uk/<br />

NHS London (2008). NHS London Strategic Plan 2008-2013. [online]. Retrieved 19-01-<br />

2009 from http://www.london.nhs.uk/<br />

North <strong>Central</strong> London Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority (2006). London NHS transition workstream<br />

on Equalities [online]. Retrieved 13-02-2009 from<br />

http://www.nclha.nhs.uk/publications/london_NHS_transition_equalities_workstream_final.doc.<br />

Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, USDHHS. (2001). National Standards for Culturally<br />

and Linguistically Appropriate Services in <strong>Health</strong> Care, Final Report [online]. Retrieved 23-7-2009 from<br />

http://www.omhrc.gov/assets/ pdf/checked/finalreport.pdf<br />

Olavarria, M., Beaulac, J., Bélanger, A., Young, M., & Aubry, T. (2005). Standards of<br />

Organizational Cultural Competence for Community <strong>Health</strong> and Social Service Organizations. Report for<br />

Centretown Community <strong>Health</strong> Centre. Ottawa, ON: University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on<br />

Community Services.<br />

Olavarria, M., Beaulac, J., Bélanger, A., Young, M., & Aubry, T. (2005). Organizational<br />

Cultural Competence: Self-Assessment Tools for Community <strong>Health</strong> and Social Service Organizations.<br />

Report for Centretown Community <strong>Health</strong> Centre. Ottawa, ON: University of Ottawa, Centre for Research<br />

on Community Services.<br />

Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council (2006). 2006 First Yearly Report. Ontario: Queen's<br />

Printer for Ontario.<br />

Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council (2007). Q Monitor. 2007 Report on Ontario's <strong>Health</strong><br />

System. Ontario: Queen's Printer for Ontario.<br />

Ontario Ministry of Children and Youth Services. (2005). Achieving Cultural<br />

Competence. A Diversity Toolkit for Residential Care Settings. Ontario: Ministry of Children and Youth<br />

Services.<br />

Oxman-Martinez, J. & Hanley, J. (2004). Research on Diversity: Contributions to Better<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Policy and Practice. Our Diverse Cities, No.1, 115-117.<br />

134


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Paterson, I. & Judge, K. (2002). Equality of access to healthcare. In J.Mackenbach & M.<br />

J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 169-187). New York:<br />

Routledge.<br />

Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada [PHAC] (2007). Crossing sectors – experiences in<br />

intersectoral action, public policy and health. Ottawa: Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada.<br />

Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada & World <strong>Health</strong> Organization (2008). <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />

Through Intersectoral Action: An Analysis of 18 Country Case Studies. Ottawa: Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of<br />

Canada.<br />

Purnell, L. D. & Paulanka, B. J. (2005). Guide to culturally competent health care.<br />

Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis Co.<br />

Pyles, L. & Kim, K. M. (2006). A multilevel approach to cultural competence: a study of<br />

the community response to underserved domestic violence. Families in Society, 87, 221-229.<br />

Qureshi, A., Collazos, F., Ramos, M., & Casas, M. (2008). Cultural competency training<br />

in psychiatry. European Psychiatry, 23, 49-58.<br />

Rachlis, M. (2007). <strong>Health</strong> and Equity: What can the health care system do? [online].<br />

Retrieved 4-1-2009 from Workshop Presentation,<br />

http://wellesleyinstitute.com/files/healthequity/<strong>Health</strong>andEquityPresentation.pdf<br />

Rachlis, M. (2008). Operatlizing <strong>Health</strong> Equity: How Ontario's Heath Services Can<br />

Contribute to Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities [online]. Retrieved 14-1-2009 from<br />

http://wellesleyinstitute.com/files/Operationalizing<strong>Health</strong>Equity.pdf<br />

Rangahau, T. R. (2009). Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy. 2003. A<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Equity Assessment Tool. Wellington: Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy,<br />

Wellington School of Medicne and <strong>Health</strong> Sciences.<br />

Raphael, D. & Bryant, T. (2006). The state's role in promoting population health: Public<br />

health concerns in Canada, USA, UK, and Sweden. <strong>Health</strong> Policy, 78, 39-55.<br />

Registered Nurse's Association of Ontario (2007). Embracing Cultural Diversity in <strong>Health</strong><br />

Care: Developing Cultural Competence [online]. Retrieved 29-12-2008 from<br />

http://www.rnao.org/Storage/29/2336_BPG_Embracing_Cultural_Diversity.pdf<br />

Report of the Cultural Competence Workgroup for the Projects for Assistance in<br />

Transition from Homelessness (2002). Retrieved 09-09-2006 from<br />

www.pathprogram.samhsa.gov/pdf/text/CulturalCompetence_8_20'02.asp<br />

Reseau de Medecine Genetique Appliquee du Quebec. (2002). Statement of principles<br />

on the ethical conduct of human genetic research involving populations. Quebec: Reseau de Medecine<br />

Genetique Appliquee du Quebec.<br />

Rice, M. F. (2007). A post-modern cultural competency framework for public<br />

administration and public service delivery. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 20, 622-<br />

637.<br />

Ritsatakis, A., Barnes, R., Douglas, M., & Scott-Samuel, A. (2002). <strong>Health</strong> impact<br />

assessment: An approach to promote intersectoral policies to reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health.<br />

In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp.<br />

287-299). New York: Routledge.<br />

Robertson, A. & Swan, T. (2005). Integration Opportunity: Access to Integrated <strong>Health</strong><br />

Care for Racialized and Marginalized Communities - Executive Summary. Background Report Submitted to<br />

The Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long Term Care.<br />

Rosenjack Burchum, J. L. (2002). Cultural competence: An evolutionary perspective.<br />

Nursing Forum, 37, 5-15.<br />

Sabik, L. M. & Lie, R. K. (2008). Priority setting in health care: Lessons from the<br />

experiences of eight countries. International Journal for Equity in <strong>Health</strong>, 7.<br />

Sakamoto, I. (2007). An Anti-Oppressive Approach to Cultural Competence. Canadian<br />

Social Work <strong>Review</strong>, 24, 105-114.<br />

Salas-Lopez, Holmes, L., Mouzon, D., & Soto-Greene, M. (2007). Cultural Competency<br />

in New Jersey: Evolution from Planning to Law. Journal of <strong>Health</strong> Care for the Poor and Underserved, 18,<br />

35-43.<br />

Saving Lives: Our <strong>Health</strong>ier Nation (1999). London: The Stationery Office.<br />

Schim, S. M., Doorenbos, A. Z., & Borse, N. N. (2005). Cultural Competence Among<br />

Ontario and Michigan <strong>Health</strong>care Providers. Journal of Nursing Scholarship, 37.<br />

135


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Shaya, F. & Gbarayor, C. M. (2006). The Case for Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Professions Education.<br />

American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 70.<br />

Simich, L., Rummens, J. A., Andermann, L., & Lo, T. (2006). Mental <strong>Health</strong> in Public<br />

<strong>Health</strong> Policy and Practice: Providing Culturally Appropriate Services in Acute and Post-Emergency<br />

Situations. CERIS Working Papers.<br />

Simpson, S., Mahoney, M., Harris, E., Aldrich, R., & Stewart-Williams, J. (2005). Equityfocused<br />

health impact assessment: A tool to assist policy makers in addressing health inequalities.<br />

Environmental Impact Assessment <strong>Review</strong>, 25, 772-782.<br />

Smedley, B. D. (2008). Moving Beyond Access: Achieving Equity In State <strong>Health</strong> Care<br />

Reform. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 27.<br />

Smedley, B. D. Stith, A. D., Nelson, A., & Committee on Understanding and<br />

Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong> Care. (2002). Unequal Treatment: What <strong>Health</strong>care<br />

Providers Need to Know About Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care. U.S.: The National Academy<br />

of Science.<br />

Smedley, B. D., Stith, A. D., Nelson, A., & Committee on Understanding and<br />

Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong> Care (2003). Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial<br />

and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care. Executive Summary. U.S.: The National Academies Press.<br />

Solar, O. & Irwin, A. (2007). A conceptual framework for action on the social<br />

determinants of health. Discussion paper for the Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong>. Geneva:<br />

World <strong>Health</strong> Organization.<br />

Stampino, V. G. (2007). Improving Access to Multilingual <strong>Health</strong> Information for<br />

newcomers to Canada. Journal of the Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Libraries Association / Journal de l'Association des<br />

bibliothèques de la santé du Canada (JCHLA/JABSC), 28, 15-18.<br />

Stern, J. (1983). Social mobility and the interpretation of social class mortality<br />

differentials. Journal of Social Policy, 12, 27-49.<br />

Stronks, K. & Gunning-Schepers L.J. (1993). Should equity in health be target number<br />

1? European Journal of Public <strong>Health</strong>, 3, 104-111.<br />

Stronks, K. (2002). The Netherlands. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing<br />

Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 249-261). New York: Routledge.<br />

Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration. (1997). Cultural<br />

competence guidelines in managed care mental health services for Asian and Pacific Islander populations.<br />

Boulder, CO.: The Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education Mental <strong>Health</strong> Program, Asian<br />

and Pacific Islander American Task Force.<br />

Sue, D. W., Arredondo, P., & McDavis, R. J. (1992). Multicultural counselling<br />

competencies and standards: A call to the profession. Journal of Mulicultural Counselling and<br />

Development, 20, 64-88.<br />

Sue, D. W., Ivey, A. E., & Pederson, P. B. (1996). A theory of multicultural counselling<br />

and therapy. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.<br />

Sue, D. W. (2001). Multidimensional facets of cultural competence. The Counselling<br />

Psychologist, 29, 790-821.<br />

Sue, D. W., Carter, R. T., Casas, M., Fouad, N. A., Ivey, A., Jensen, M. et al. (1998).<br />

Multicultural counselling competencies individual and organizational development. Thousand Oaks, Calif:<br />

Sage.<br />

Sue, S. (2006). Cultural Competency: From Philosophy to Research and Practice.<br />

Journal of Community Psychology, 34, 237-245.<br />

Supportive Housingand Diversity Group (2008a). Home for All: What supportive housing<br />

agencies can do to be anti-oppressive and culturally competent. A Toolkit Toronto, Ontario: Supportive<br />

Housing and Diversity Group.<br />

Supportive Housingand Diversity Group (2008b). <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong>. Best Practices in<br />

Developing Culturally Competent Supportive Housing. Toronto, Ontario: Supportive Housing and<br />

Diversity Group.<br />

Sutcliffe P, Deber R, & Pasut G (1997). Public health in Canada: a comparative study.<br />

Canadian Journal of Public <strong>Health</strong>, 88, 246-249.<br />

Swift, E. K. (2002). Guidance for the National <strong>Health</strong>care Disparities Report.<br />

Washington, D.C.: National Academies Press.<br />

Talbot-Smith, A., Pollock, A., Crabbe, T., Leys, C., & McNally, N. (2006). The new NHS:<br />

136


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

a guide. London, UK: Routledge.<br />

Tervalon, M. & Murray-Garcia, J. (1998). Cultural humility versus cultural competence: a<br />

Critical discussion in defining physician training outcomes in multicultural education. Journal of <strong>Health</strong><br />

Care for the Poor and Underserved, 9, 117-125.<br />

Tomlinson-Clarke, S. (2000). Assessing outcomes in a multicultural training course: a<br />

qualitative study. Counselling Psychologist Quarterly, 13, 221.<br />

Trivedi, A., Gibbs, B., Nsiah-Jefferson, L., Ayanian, J. Z., & Prorthrow-Stith, D. (2005).<br />

Creating a State Minority <strong>Health</strong> Policy Report Card. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 24, 388-396.<br />

Tsang, A. K. T. & George, U. (1998). Towards an integrated framework for cross cultural<br />

social work practice. Canadian Social <strong>Review</strong>, 15, 73-93.<br />

Tugwell, P., O'Connor, A., Anderson, N., Mhatre, S., Kristjansson, E., Jacobsen, M. J. et<br />

al. (2006). Reduction of inequalities in health: assessing evidence-based tools. International Journal for<br />

Equity in <strong>Health</strong>, 5.<br />

Turner, A. (2008). Cultural Competence Training Survey - Results [online]. Retrieved 02-<br />

02-2009 from http://www.xculture.org/files/CC.Training.Survey.Final.Report.pdf<br />

United States Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, Administration on Aging<br />

(2001). Achieving Cultural Competence: A Guidebook for Providers of Services to Older Americans and<br />

Their Families.<br />

United States Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, <strong>Health</strong> Resources and<br />

Services and Administration. (2002). Definitions of Cultural Competence [online]. Retrieved 05-12-2005<br />

from www.bhpr.hrs. gov/diversity/cultcomp.htm<br />

van de Mheen, H., Stronks, K., & Mackenbach, J. P. (1998). A lifecourse perspective on<br />

socioeconomic inequalities in health: the influence of childhood socioeconomic conditions and selection<br />

processes. Social <strong>Health</strong> & Illness, 20, 754-777.<br />

van de Mheen, H., Stronks, K., Schrijvers, C., ., & Mackenbach, J. P. (1999). The<br />

influence of adult ill-health on occupational class mobility and mobility out of and into employment in The<br />

Netherlands. Social Science and Medicine, 49, 5-18.<br />

Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory Committee of Ministry for Children and Families<br />

(1998). Cultural Competency Assessment Tool. Vancouver, British Columbia: Ministry for Children and<br />

Families.<br />

Vigero, D. & Illsley, R. (1995). Explaining health inequalities: beyond Black and Barker.<br />

European Social <strong>Review</strong>, 3, 1-23.<br />

Wadsworth, M. (1986). Serious illness in childhood and its association with later-life<br />

achievement. In R.G.Wilkinson (Ed.), Class and <strong>Health</strong>, Research and Longitudinal Data. London:<br />

Tavistock.<br />

Walshe, K. & Rundall, T. G. (2001). Evidence-Based Management: From Theory to<br />

Practice in <strong>Health</strong> Care. Milbank Quarterly, 79, 429-457.<br />

Wanless, D. (2004). Securing good health for the whole population. London, UK:<br />

Treasury Office.<br />

Weinick, R. M., Caglia, J., Friedman, E., & Flaherty, K. (2007). Measuring Racial and<br />

Ethnic Care Disparities in Massachusetts. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 26, 1293-1302.<br />

Whitehead, M. (1990). The Concepts and Principles of Equality and <strong>Health</strong>.<br />

Copenhagen: World <strong>Health</strong> Organization.<br />

Whitehead, M. (1998). Diffusion of ideas on social inequalities in health: a European<br />

perspective. Millbank Quarterly, 76, 469-492.<br />

Whitley, R. (2007). Cultural competence, evidence-based medicine, and evidence-based<br />

practices. Psychiatr.Serv., 58, 1588-1590.<br />

WHO & PHAC (2007). Improving health equity through intersectoral action. Geneva:<br />

World <strong>Health</strong> Organization and Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada Collaborative Project.<br />

Williamson D, Milligan CD, Kwan B, Frankish CJ, & Ratner PA (2003). Implementation of<br />

provincial/territorial health goals in Canada. <strong>Health</strong> Policy, 64, 173-191.<br />

Williamson D. (2001). The role of the health sector in addressing poverty. Canadian<br />

Journal of Public <strong>Health</strong>, 92, 178-182.<br />

Wilson-Stronks A, Lee KK, Cordero CL, Kopp AL, & Galvez E. (2008). One Size Does<br />

Not Fit All: Meeting the <strong>Health</strong> Care Needs of Diverse Populations. Oakbrook Terrace, IL: The Joint<br />

Commission.<br />

137


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />

Wong, C. K. (2007). Assessing Performance in the Area of Cultural Competence: An<br />

Analysis of Reflective Writing. Journal of Physical Therapy Education, 21.<br />

Wong, Y.-L. R. (2003). Deconstructing culture in cultural competence: Dissenting voices<br />

from Asian-Canadian practitioners. Canadian Social Work <strong>Review</strong>, 20, 149-167.<br />

World <strong>Health</strong> Organization. (1978). Declaration of Alma-Ata [online]. Retrieved 07-01-<br />

2009 from http://www.searo.who.int/LinkFiles/<strong>Health</strong>_Systems_declaration_almaata.pdf<br />

World <strong>Health</strong> Organization. (2008). Closing the Gap in a Generation: <strong>Health</strong> equity<br />

through action on the social determinants of health. Final Report of the Commission on Social<br />

Determinants of <strong>Health</strong>. Geneva: World <strong>Health</strong> Organization.<br />

Xu, Y. (2007). Applying a conceptual framework of cultural competence to a proposed<br />

online nurse educator program. Home <strong>Health</strong> Care Management and Practice, 19, 319-323.<br />

138


The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong>

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!